Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Education Resources Committee - 05/03/2024

South Lanarkshire Council · 5 March 2024
Back to Education Resources Committee — 5 March 2024 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Council Offices, Almada Street        
Hamilton, ML3 0AA 
Monday, 26 February 2024 
Dear Member 
Education Resources Committee 
The Members listed below are requested to attend a meeting of the above Committee to be
held as follows:- 
Date:  Tuesday, 05 March 2024
Time:  10:00
Venue: Hybrid - Committee Room 1, Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton,
ML3 0AA 
The business to be considered at the meeting is listed overleaf. 
Yours sincerely 
Paul Manning
Chief Executive 
Members 
Lynsey Hamilton (Chair), Gavin Keatt (Depute Chair), Joe Fagan (ex officio), Alex Allison, John
Anderson, Ross Clark, Margaret Cowie, Allan Falconer, Grant Ferguson, Elise Frame, Alistair
Fulton, Geri Gray, Cal Johnston-Dempsey, Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Richard Lockhart, Eileen
Logan, Katy Loudon, Julia Marrs, Ian McAllan, Mark McGeever, Mo Razzaq, Graham Scott, Bert
Thomson, Margaret B Walker, David Watson 
Substitutes
Margaret Cooper, Maureen Devlin, Mary Donnelly, Graeme Horne, Martin Hose, Hugh Macdonald,
Monique McAdams, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Carol Nugent, Norman Rae 
External Members 
Religious Representatives
Gillian Coulter, John Mulligan 
Teacher Representatives
Jennifer Gaffney, Joan Lennon 
Parent Council Representatives
Christine Hall, Naomi Baxter
1

Page 2

BUSINESS 
1 Declaration of Interests 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting
Minutes of the meeting of the Education Resources Committee held on 5
December 2023 submitted for approval as a correct record.  (Copy attached) 
5 - 14 
Monitoring Item(s) 
3 Education Resources - Revenue Budget Monitoring 2023/2024
Joint report dated 22 January 2024 by the Head of Finance (Strategy) and
Executive Director (Education Resources).  (Copy attached) 
15 - 18 
4 Education Resources - Capital Budget Monitoring 2023/2024
Joint report dated 15 February 2024 by the Head of Finance (Strategy) and
Executive Director (Education Resources).  (Copy attached) 
19 - 22 
5 Education Resources - Workforce Monitoring October to December 2023
Joint report dated 1 February 2024 by the Chief Executive and Executive
Director (Education Resources).  (Copy attached) 
23 - 30 
Item(s) for Decision 
6 Cost of the School Day Guidance for Schools and Early Years
Establishments
Report dated 12 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Education
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
31 - 74 
2

Page 3

Item(s) for Noting 
7 Education Digital Futures; ICT Supply and Support from October 2025
Report dated 13 February 2024 by the Executive Director
(Education Resources). (Copy attached) 
75 - 86 
8 Equity-Strategic Equity Fund (SEF)
Report dated 12 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Education
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
87 - 176 
9 Framework for Developing an Anti-Racist and Decolonised Curriculum
Report dated 15 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Education
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
177 - 196 
10  Scottish Youth Parliament Elections 2023
Report dated 7 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Education
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
197 - 206 
11  Underage Use of e-Cigarettes and Vaping
Report dated 12 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Education
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
207 - 222 
12  Celebrating Success
Report dated 14 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Education
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
223 - 226 
Urgent Business 
13  Urgent Business
Any other items of business which the Chair decides are urgent. 
For further information, please contact:-
Clerk Name: Pauline MacRae
Clerk Telephone: 07385 370044
Clerk Email: pauline.macrae@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
3

Page 4

4

Page 5

EDUCATION RESOURCES COMMITTEE 
Minutes of meeting held via Confero and in Committee Room 1, Council Offices, Almada Street,
Hamilton on 5 December 2023 
Chair:
Councillor Lynsey Hamilton 
Councillors Present:
Councillor Alex Allison, Councillor John Anderson, Councillor Ross Clark, Councillor Maureen
Devlin (substitute for Councillor Margaret Cowie), Councillor Mary Donnelly (substitute for Councillor
Mark Horsham), Councillor Allan Falconer, Councillor Grant Ferguson, Councillor Alistair Fulton,
Councillor Geri Gray, Councillor Cal Johnston-Dempsey, Councillor Gavin Keatt (Depute),
Councillor Susan Kerr, Councillor Ross Lambie, Councillor Richard Lockhart, Councillor Eileen
Logan, Councillor Katy Loudon, Councillor Ian McAllan, Councillor Mark McGeever, Councillor Mo
Razzaq, Councillor Graham Scott, Councillor Bert Thomson 
Councillors' Apologies:
Councillor Margaret Cowie, Councillor Joe Fagan (ex officio), Councillor Elise Frame, Councillor
Mark Horsham, Councillor Margaret B Walker, Councillor David Watson 
External Members Present:
Naomi Baxter, Jennifer Gaffney, John Mulligan 
External Members' Apologies:
Gillian Coulter, Christine Hall, Joan Lennon 
Attending:
Education Resources
C McKenzie, Executive Director; D Dickson, Operations Manager; A Donaldson, Head of Education
(Inclusion); D Hinshelwood, Support Services Manager; S Nicolson, Head of Education (Senior
Phase)
Finance and Corporate Resources
L Harvey, Finance Manager (Resources); P MacRae, Administration Adviser; K McLeod,
Administration Assistant; E McPake, Human Resources Business Partner; L O’Hagan, Finance
Manager (Strategy); M M Wilson, Legal Manager 
1 Declaration of Interests 
No interests were declared. 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting 
The minutes of the meeting of the Education Resources Committee held on 26 September 2023
were submitted for approval as a correct record. 
The Committee decided: that the minutes be approved as a correct record. 
3 Education Resources - Revenue Budget Monitoring 2023/2024 
A joint report dated 27 October 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and Corporate
Resources) and (Education Resources) was submitted on the actual expenditure measured
against the revenue budget for the period 1 April to 6 October 2023 for Education Resources.
2
5

Page 6

As at 6 October 2023, there was a breakeven position against phased budget.  However, areas
of financial risk had been identified in respect of Education Resources’ budget as follows:- 
 cost of transport
 Scottish Government funding in respect of the maintenance of teacher numbers 
Variance explanations were outlined in Appendix A of the report.  Virements were proposed to
realign budgets across budget categories and with other Resources and those were also
detailed in Appendix A of the report. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the breakeven position on Education Resources’ revenue budget, as detailed in
Appendix A of the report, be noted; and 
(2) that the proposed budget virements be approved. 
4 Education Resources – Capital Budget Monitoring 2023/2024 
A joint report dated 16 November 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and Corporate
Resources) and (Education Resources) was submitted providing information on the progress of
the capital programme for Education Resources for the period 1 April to 6 October 2023. 
The 2023/2024 capital programme for Education Resources amounted to £19.333 million. 
There had been no change to the budget since the last report to Committee.  The financial
position for Education Resources was outlined in Appendix A of the report. 
Anticipated spend to date was £7.718 million and spend to 6 October 2023 amounted to £7.674
million, resulting in spend being behind programme by £0.044 million.  This related, in the main,
to the new Wooddean Early Learning Centre, Bothwell. 
The Committee decided: that the Education Resources’ capital programme of
£19.333 million, and expenditure to date of £7.674 million,
be noted. 
5 Education Resources – Workforce Monitoring – August and September 2023 
A joint report dated 26 October 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and Corporate
Resources) and (Education Resources) was submitted on the following employee information
for Education Resources for the period August and September 2023:- 
 attendance statistics
 occupational health statistics
 accident/incident statistics
 discipline, grievance and Dignity at Work cases
 analysis of leavers and exit interviews
 staffing watch as at 9 September 2023 
Officers responded to members’ questions on:- 
 accident/incident statistics, specifically incidents of a violent nature
 provision of staffing watch figures on a ”year on year” basis
6

Page 7

The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 26 September 2023 (Paragraph 5)] 
6 Provision of LGBT+ Inclusive Education in South Lanarkshire Schools 
A report dated 14 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Education Resources) was
submitted:- 
 informing members of the detail of the provision of LGBT+ Inclusive Education in South
Lanarkshire schools
 seeking support for the next steps proposed to ensure LGBT+ Inclusive Education was
embedded across schools in South Lanarkshire 
Education in South Lanarkshire was based on an inclusive ethos which ensured that all learners
experienced learning environments where diversity was valued, where all learners were treated
fairly, had equality of opportunity and experienced a sense of belonging.  A range of legislative
and policy frameworks supported the equality and diversity agenda in relation to LGBT+ issues
across education contexts.  Overall, the current equalities legislation in Scotland addressed the
inclusion of LGBT+ individuals in the education system by providing legal protection against
discrimination, prompting inclusive policies and procedures and offering guidance for schools to
foster a supportive and inclusive environment for all learners. 
Details were given on the provisions of the following:- 
 The Equality Act 2010
 The Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014
 The Equally Safe Strategy
 Supporting Transgender Young People: Guidance for Schools in Scotland 
Details were also given on national developments in advancing LGBT+ Inclusive Education in all
schools, together with a wide range of local developments.  Those included:- 
 training delivered by the charity, Time for Inclusive Education (TIE), on behalf of the
Scottish Government, to support school staff in delivering an LGBT+ Inclusive curriculum 
 the establishment of a working group with membership from Education Resources which
would include representation from schools, the Educational Psychology Service and the
Youth, Family and Community Learning Service to examine the actions to be taken to
further support schools to embed LGBT+ Inclusive Education in their practice. The working
group would consider a broad range of issues arising from the showcase event presented
by TIE, including consultation with pupils, parents and carers 
Through promotion and provision of continuous professional development opportunities which
focussed on equity, equality and diversity, the Council would continue to develop education
environments where difference was celebrated and staff were well-equipped to make this a
proactive part of the curriculum. 
There followed a full discussion during which officers:- 
 responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report 
 gave assurances on the provision of updates to the Committee on work in relation to
equalities and protected characteristics
7

Page 8

The Committee decided: 
(1) that the range of activities in place to support the delivery of LGBT+ Inclusive Education
across South Lanarkshire schools be noted; and 
(2) that the action proposed to further embed LGBT+ Inclusive Education across South
Lanarkshire schools be approved. 
In terms of Standing Order No 14, the Chair adjourned the meeting at 11.00am for a 5 minute
period.  The meeting reconvened at 11.05am without the attendance of Councillors Logan and
Razzaq 
7 Primary Raising Attainment and Achievement of Curriculum for Excellence Levels
(ACEL) Data 
A report dated 18 October 2023 by the Executive Director (Education Resources) was submitted
providing an:- 
 overview on the Curriculum and Quality Improvement Service’s (CQIS) updated Raising
Attainment strategy for primary schools
 update on the provisional Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) levels for South Lanarkshire
Council for 2022/2023 
Achievement of Curriculum for Excellence Levels (ACEL) data published for session 2021/2022
evidenced a national attainment dip at Primary 4 (P4) in both literacy and numeracy.  Nationally,
attainment in writing remained the lowest of all literacy and numeracy organisers for P1, P4 and
P7.  The Council’s data mirrored the national position and, taking account of this, there was a
need to refresh the attainment strategy for primary schools with a view to further upskilling them
to collect and manage robust data and enable a continued, collective effort to improve outcomes
and raise attainment. 
Details were given on initiatives in place to raise attainment in South Lanarkshire schools during
the 2022/2023 session including:- 
 improvement projects such as Maths Recovery, Nuffield Early Language Intervention, Talk
4 Writing, Foundations of Literacy in Primary 1 Programme (FLIPP) and Play Pedagogy
 developing pedagogy to advance the robustness of data and teacher professional
judgement (TPJ)
 teacher participation in the Improving Our Classrooms professional learning programme,
focusing on the use of data and targeted interventions
 provision of additional staffing, as part of COVID-19 recovery, which enabled schools to
provide targeted support to raise attainment in literacy and numeracy as well as supporting
health and wellbeing 
The refreshed strategy renewed the Council’s commitment to achieving the highest outcomes
for all as well as taking account of the national picture and current thinking. 
Additionally, it was proposed to:- 
 develop capacity and skill in all schools and, as such, a Lead Officer with a specific remit
for raising attainment across the primary sector had been appointed
 build on the existing use of SEEMIS, Focus, Headteacher Data Portal, the BGE Tracking
and Monitoring Tool and the new Standards and Quality Improvement Plan (SQIP) to
promote a consistent approach to data interrogation at all levels
 ask schools to track progress towards achievement of a level for all learners in P1/P4/P7 3
times per year through SEEMIS Progress and Achievement
8

Page 9

 use data collection and analysis to inform improved dialogue around excellence and equity
at school and local authority level 
Raising attainment required a focus on both excellence and equity and data would be
interrogated to increase the pace of change in closing the poverty related attainment gap. 
Provisional data for Primary Literacy and Numeracy demonstrated that the attainment gap had,
between 2021/2022 and 2022/2023, improved by 2.1% and 1% points respectively but was not
yet back to pre-pandemic levels.  It was anticipated that the gap would continue to close in
session 2023/2024. 
The data for Curriculum for Excellence level of achievement in South Lanarkshire showed
continued recovery from the pandemic, with positive progress being made across all indicators
and school stages.  Education Resources would maintain support for schools to allow them to
continue to raise attainment. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the plan outlined for raising attainment be noted; and 
(2) that the internal achievement of Curriculum for Excellence levels for 2022/2023, based on
teacher professional judgement, be noted. 
8 Secondary Raising Attainment Strategy 
A report dated 20 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Education Resources) was
submitted providing:- 
 an overview of the secondary school raising attainment strategy
 a high-level overview of September 2023 Senior Phase attainment 
Raising attainment was an ongoing priority for Education Resources with a number of initiatives
in place to support secondary schools.  The following 6 key areas supported raising attainment
and closing the poverty related attainment gap:- 
 high quality learning, teaching and assessment
 learner pathways and wide range of accreditation opportunities, qualifications and courses
 curriculum design and offer
 performance improvement
 leadership
 professional development and career long professional learning 
Details were given on initiatives to support those identified key areas. 
Schools would continue to be supported to pursue excellence and equality through interventions
offered at local authority level through existing Strategic Equity Fund projects continuing from
session 2022/2023.  Education Resources and schools would continue to focus on and
interrogate data to increase the pace of change in closing the poverty related attainment gap. 
3 local benchmarking measures which related to secondary school attainment were:- 
 improving attainment in literacy and numeracy
 improving attainment for all
 tackling disadvantage by improving the attainment of lower attainers relative to higher
attainers 
9

Page 10

Information on the performance of stage based cohorts, S4, S5 and S6, at September 2023,
was provided in the report and in appendices 2, 3 and 4 to the report respectively. 
Areas of key strength included:- 
 schools increasingly adding value as young people progressed through the Senior Phase
 increased focus on data for improvement resulting in more robust school and local
authority level improvement planning
 closing of the attainment gap in almost all measures
 significant improvement in outcomes for Q1 learners in most areas 
 reduced impact of COVID-19 on Q1 learners in South Lanarkshire compared to other
areas in Scotland 
Areas for ongoing consideration included:- 
 focus in all schools on reduction in numbers of young people leaving school after S4 and in
Christmas of S5
 increasing the range of qualifications on offer to young people outwith the core National
Qualifications
 enhanced mentoring work to support young people in making more informed decisions
around course and career choices 
The poverty related attainment gap remained a challenge across Scotland, however, early
indications suggested that the Council’s data compared favourably to national data.  Education
Resources would maintain support for schools to allow them to continue to raise attainment. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the overview of the secondary school raising attainment strategy be noted; and 
(2) that the high-level overview of September 2023 Senior Phase attainment be noted. 
9 Summer Holiday Provision 2023 - Update 
A report dated 14 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Education Resources) was
submitted providing an update on the successful delivery of the Council’s provision during
summer 2023 for children, young people and their families. 
The Scottish Government announced in June 2023 that funding of £4 million, a reduction from
the previous allocation of £10 million, would be distributed to local authorities to target provision
of a summer 2023 holiday programme offering co-ordinated access to activities, childcare and
food for children aged 5 to 14 years from low income families.  This funding was added to
existing Council funding and enabled continuation, on a reduced basis, of the Council’s
‘Sensational Summer Sessions’ provision. 
Details were given on:- 
 target groups for inclusion in the programme
 voluntary sector partners actively engaged in delivering the programme
 the range of activities on offer
 resources and equipment available
10

Page 11

The Committee decided: 
(1) that the breadth and scale of delivery through the 2023 funded summer programme be
noted; and 
(2) that it be noted that the Council had delivered this programme with the support of a variety
of Third Sector Partners and organisations. 
10 Pathfinders Initiative Care Experienced Children and Children on the Edges of
Care 
A report dated 14 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Education Resources) was
submitted on the ongoing work of the Pathfinders Initiative to support care experienced young
people and children on the edge of care.   
The Pathfinders pilot project was established in the Cambuslang and Rutherglen locality in April
2019 and aimed to deliver support, across 52 weeks, targeting critical periods where
disengagement from school could become a significant issue for certain children and their
families.  Support was provided holistically across the settings of school, community and home. 
The project had since been extended and, currently, Pathfinders were deployed in 7 schools
within South Lanarkshire, funded through the Whole Family Wellbeing Fund (WFWF), Pupil
Equity Funding and Learning Recovery monies. 
Details were given on:- 
 engagement with young people and their families
 support offered
 impacts and benefits recorded 
Support through individual and group support, home visits and parental engagement were key
elements of the role.  Pathfinder staff were well connected to key partners in the wider
community to ensure appropriate referrals into and out of the provision and those were detailed
in Appendix 1 to the report. 
A 4-year research report was commissioned by Education Resources and Social Work
Resources and findings were detailed in Appendix 2 to the report.  The focus of the research
was Youth, Family and Community Learning (YFCL) Pathfinder Initiative and the work with
young people, families, schools and partners.  Details of the key findings of the research were
outlined in the report. 
Since November 2021, the Pathfinder team had:- 
 participated in a collaborative enquiry in relation to youth work’s contribution to reducing
the attainment gap
 hosted a visit from representatives of Northern Ireland Youth Services and Education team
 contributed positively to the Stonelaw High School HMIe inspection
 distributed £40,500 of Whole Family Wellbeing funding directly to families who were
experiencing hardship
 successfully secured £92,300 from UNCRC Innovation fund to develop a youth led
consultation process that would support the further development of youth voice in relation
to developing appropriate interventions and support 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the content of the Longitudinal Research report, as detailed in Appendix 2 of the
report, be noted;
11

Page 12

(2) that the research findings showing the impact and benefit of the Pathfinder Initiative, as
detailed in Appendix 2 of the report, be noted; and 
(3) that the ongoing development of the Initiative be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 31 August 2021 (Paragraph 9)] 
11 Update of the Education Resources’ Risk Register and Risk Control Plan 
A report dated 17 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Education Resources) was
submitted providing an update on the Education Resources’ Risk Register and Risk Control
actions. 
Education Resources had followed Council guidance in developing, monitoring and updating its
Risk Control Register on an ongoing basis.  The Register had been developed to ensure that the
Resource:- 
 was fully aware of the top risks
 was able to prioritise those risks
 had controls in place to eliminate or minimise the impact of the risk 
The risks were scored in accordance with the Council’s scoring mechanism based on likelihood
and impact of risk.  This resulted in risks being scored between 1 to 25 (low to very high).  Risks
were scored on their inherent risk (risk if nothing was done) and their residual risk (risk after
applying controls).  The Risk Register for the Resource had been developed and was monitored
on an ongoing basis by the Resource Risk Management Group to add new risks and to review
the score of existing risks.  The main changes to the Risk Register were summarised in the
report. 
Information on the risk scoring matrix together with definitions for likelihood and impact was
attached as Appendix 1 to the report. 
Details of all risks which had scored very high and high were provided in Appendix 2 to the
report.  Risks evaluated as being medium or low risk would be monitored to ensure that they
continued to be adequately managed. 
Appendix 3 to the report provided a comparison of risk scores for 2022 and 2023 and detailed
changes in risk descriptions. 
Outstanding actions to mitigate risks within the Risk Control Plan would be progressed by the
relevant officers. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the contents of the Resource Risk Register be noted; and 
(2) that it be noted that the outstanding Risk Control Actions would be progressed by relevant
officers. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 15 November 2022 (Paragraph 14)]
12

Page 13

12 Education Resources - Notification of Contracts Awarded 1 April to 30 September
2023 
A report dated 6 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Education Resources) was
submitted on contracts awarded by Education Resources during the period 1 April to 30
September 2023.  In terms of Standing Order Nos 21.8 and 22.5 of the Council’s Standing
Orders on Contracts, Resources were required to notify the relevant Committee of contracts
awarded above the sum of £50,000. 
Details of the contracts awarded by Education Resources were provided in the appendix to the
report. 
The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 
13 Urgent Business 
There were no items of urgent business. 
13

Page 14

14

Page 15

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Head of Finance (Strategy)
Executive Director (Education Resources)  
Subject: Revenue Budget Monitoring 2023/2024 - Education
Resources 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide information on the actual expenditure measured against the revenue
budget for the period 1 April 2023 to 28 December 2023 for Education Resources
 provide a forecast for the year to 31 March 2024
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the forecast to 31 March 2024 of an overspend of £0.295m as detailed in
Appendix A of the report be noted;
(2) that an overspend of £0.188m as at 28 December 2023 as detailed in Appendix
A of the report be noted; and
(3) that the proposed budget virements be approved.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This is the fourth revenue budget monitoring report presented to the Education
Resources Committee for the financial year 2023/2024. 
3.2. The Resource has completed its formal probable outturn exercise for the year.  This
exercise identifies the expected spend to 31 March 2024.  Details are included in
section 6. 
3.3. The report details the financial position for Education Resources in Appendix A, along
with variance explanations. 
4. Scottish Attainment Challenge Funding
4.1. The current budget for Education contains £9.866m awarded for Pupil Equity Funding
(PEF) and £1.473m for Strategic Equity Funding (SEF).  Total budget for 2023/24 is
£11.339m and this is contained within this reported position.   
4.2. In relation to PEF funding, the £9.866m represents £0.905m 2022/2023 carry forward,
plus a previous year adjustment of £0.012m and £8.949m for the 2023/2024 allocation. 
Spend and commitment to date as at 28 December 2023 is £7.384m, with £2.482m
still to spend.  This includes known staff costs for the period April 2023 to March 2024. 
The anticipated 2023/2024 PEF underspend is £0.400m.  This underspend is being
used to help fund the Council’s pay award in 2023/2024, however, this will not be to
3
15

Page 16

the detriment of schools and schools will receive their 2023/2024 carry forward
balance over the life of the PEF programme. 
4.4. In relation to SEF funding, spend and commitment to date is £1.391m with £0.082m
still to spend.  Known staff costs to 31 March 2024 are reflected within this position,
and, as this is a specific grant allocation, funding is received based on actual spend.   
4.5 Committee will continue to be updated with the spend position for 2023/2024
throughout the year for both Scottish Attainment Challenge funded areas.   
5. Employee Implications
5.1. None 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. Probable Outturn:  Following the council’s probable outturn exercise, the Resource
is reporting an overspend of £0.295m.  There are no proposed transfers to reserves.
The Resource position is outlined in Appendix A.  This is the net effect of underspends
in Early Years’ core budget offset by overspends relating to mainstream transport
costs and school placements which are demand led.  There is also an overspend on
Teacher costs due to cover which is being offset by an underspend on Early Years
staff costs due to vacancies and turnover. 
6.2. Cost of Transport: In relation to mainstream transport costs, the previous report to
committee outlined the significant increase in spend on transport by Strathclyde
Passenger Transport (SPT) for school transport after contract renewals.  This was
quantified at £4.328m overspend this financial year and is being managed within the
overall Resource position, including through some reserve funds available. 
6.3. Teacher Numbers:  Following the conclusion of the pupil teachers census 2023,
teacher numbers have been maintained at last year’s levels.  Pupil support numbers
are not yet available from the Scottish Government for reporting.  It is anticipated that
grant levels will not be reduced for 2023/24 financial year and withheld grant of £2.934
million will be forthcoming.   
In relation to 2024/2025, the Council has now received notification that the allocation
of funding for teacher numbers of £145.5 million for 2024/2025 will be distributed via
Specific Resource Grants, and those grants will be conditional on councils agreeing
at the outset to maintain teacher numbers.  Further information on the conditions of
this grant is awaited.   
6.4. Position as at 28 December 2023:  The Resource position as at 28 December 2023
is an overspend of £0.188m.  Detailed variance explanations are outlined in Appendix
A.   
6.5. Virements are also proposed to realign budgets across budget categories and with
other Resources.  These movements have been detailed in Appendix A to this report. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 
7.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in the report.   
8. Other Implications
8.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s Revenue Budget is that there is an
overspend.  There are inflationary and budget pressures, including utilities, this year
which increase the risk of overspend, however, we have mitigated this going forward
16

Page 17

by providing additional funds in the budget strategy and, in this year, through some
reserve funds available. 
8.2. The risk is managed through four weekly Budget Monitoring Meetings at which any
variance is analysed.  In addition, the probable outturn exercise ensures early warning
for corrective action to be taken where appropriate. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
9.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in the report. 
Jackie Taylor
Head of Finance (Strategy) 
Carole McKenzie 
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
22 January 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Financial ledger and budget monitoring results to 28 December 2023 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Louise Harvey
Ext:  2658 (Tel:  01698 452658)
E-mail:  louise.harvey@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
17

Page 18

Appendix A 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Education Resources Committee: Period Ended 28 December 2023 (No.10) 
Education Resources Summary 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget
Proportion
28/12/23
Actual 
28/12/23
Variance 
28/12/23 
%
Variance
28/12/23
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 344,471 344,485 (14) 250,453 250.450 3 under 0.0% 1, a, c, d,
e, f, g
Property Costs 36,423 36,429 (6) 27,699 27,728 (29) over (0.1%) a, b, f, g
Supplies & Services 11.574 11,887 (313) 7,624 7,874 (250) over (3.3%) 2, b, d, e,
f, g
Transport & Plant 16,485 19,229 (2,744) 11,988 14,104 (2,116) over (17.7%) 3, c, f, g
Administration Costs 1,657 1,578 79 1,421 1,356 65 under 4.6% 4, f, g
Payments to Other Bodies 32,007 32,074 (67) 22,576 22,670 (94) over (0.4%) 5, c, f, g
Payments to Contractors 44,116 43,875 241 28,736 28,495 241 under 0.8% g
Transfer Payments 2,866 2,543 323 2,734 2,434 300 under 11.0% 6, g
Financing Charges 377 356 21 214 198 16 under 7.5% g          
Total Controllable Exp. 489,976 492,456 (2,480) 353,445 355,309 (1,864) over (0.5%) 
Total Controllable Inc. (50,267) (52,452) 2,185 (39,842) (41,518) 1,676 over
recovered 4.2% 7, f, g
Net Controllable Exp. 439,709 440,004 (295) 313,603 313,791 (188) over (0.1%) 
Variance Explanations 
1. The position represents the net effect of an underspend in Early Years staff costs due to vacancies and turnover offset by an overspend in Teacher
costs due to cover.
2. The overspend is due to the additional cost of per capita expenditure reflecting the growth in pupil numbers and the increased demand for equipment
required by children with additional support and complex needs.
3. The overspend is mainly due to the cost of school transport for mainstream schools.
4. The underspend relates to Early Years core conferences spend being lower than anticipated.
5. This overspend reflects the increased cost of placements for pupils with additional support needs in Independent Schools partially offset by less than
anticipated core Early Years spend to date including cross boundary charges to other local authorities.
6. The underspend is due to spend on footwear and clothing grants reflecting current demand.
7. The over recovery of income relates to increased income from Early Years fees and Other Local Authorities income for placements within South
Lanarkshire Council establishments. 
Budget Virements 
a. Transfer from corporate items in relation to funding for utilities and pay award.  Net Effect £14.250m: Employee Costs £11.420m and Property Costs
£2.830m.
b. Removal of budget in respect of procurement savings.  Net Effect (£0.113m): Property Costs (£0.039m) and Supplies and Services (£0.074m).
c. Transfer from reserves for Teachers, School Transport and Independent Schools.  Net Effect £3.059m: Employee Costs £0.262m, Transport £1.397m
and Payments to Other Bodies £1.400m.
d. Establish budget to reflect general revenue grant funding in relation to Psychologists, Teacher Induction Scheme and Pupil Equity Fund.  Net Effect
£1.936m: Employee Costs £2.271m and Supplies and Services (£0.335m).
e. Realignment of budget to reflect Strategic Equity Fund and Pupil Equity Fund programme delivery.  Net Effect £0.000m: Employee Costs £0.288m and
Supplies and Services (£0.288m).
f. Realignment of budget to reflect current service delivery.  Net Effect £0.000m: Employee Costs £0.476m, Property Costs (£0.032m), Supplies and
Services £0.395m, Transport Costs £0.773m, Administration Costs £0.022m, Payments to Other Bodies £0.438m and Income (£2.072m).
g. Realignment of Education Maintenance Allowance budget and DMS.  Net Effect £0.000m: Employee Costs £0.160m, Property Costs £0.120m, Supplies
and Services (£0.914m), Transport Costs £0.095m, Administration Costs £0.261m, Payments to Other Bodies £0.264m, Payments to Contractors
£0.001m, Transfer Payments £0.223m, Financing Charges (£0.006m) and Income (£0.204m).
18

Page 19

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Head of Finance (Strategy)
Executive Director (Education Resources)  
Subject: Capital Budget Monitoring 2023/2024 - Education
Resources 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide information on the progress of the capital programme for Education
Resources for the period 1 April 2023 to 28 December 2023
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation:
[recs]
(1) that the Education Resources capital programme of £14.268 million, and
expenditure to date of £9.810 million, be noted; and
(2) that the projected outturn of £14.3 million be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This is the fourth capital monitoring report presented to the Education Resources
Committee for the financial year 2023/2024. 
3.2. The revised budget for Education Resources is £14.268 million.  This reflects the
budget of £19.333 million reported to the last meeting of this Committee in December
2023, adjusted to reflect a change totalling a decrease of £5.065 million which was
approved by the Executive Committee on 24 January 2024.  The details of this
amendment are shown in Appendix A.     
3.3. The report details the financial position for Education Resources in Appendix A. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. There are no employee implications as a result of this report. 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. 2023/2024 Budget   
The total capital programme for Education Resources is £14.268 million, as detailed
in Section 3.2.   
5.2. 2023/2024 Outturn 
Work has been ongoing to monitor the predicted spend position for this financial year
and current estimates from Education Resources suggest an outturn on budget of
around £14.3 million will be achieved.  
4
19

Page 20

5.3.  Period 10 Position   
Anticipated spend to date was £9.977 million and spend to 28 December 2023
amounts to £9.810 million.  The spend is, therefore, behind programme by £0.167
million reflecting timing issues only, most notably the new Wooddean Early Learning
Centre (formerly Clyde Terrace), Bothwell (£0.328 million) which is still scheduled to
handover in April 2024, and the First Steps Community Nursery Extension and
Adaptations, Hamilton project (£0.199 million), which is scheduled to handover in June
2024.   
5.4. These underspends have been offset by adaptation works at Uddingston Grammar
School (£0.443 million), where the funding requirement for this project had originally
been anticipated for 2024/2025. 
6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
7. Other Implications
7.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s Capital Programme is that there is an
overspend.  The risk has been assessed as low given the detailed project
management plans prepared and monitored for each project.  The risk of overspend
is managed through four weekly Investment Management Meetings. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required.   
8.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in the report. 
Jackie Taylor
Head of Finance (Strategy) 
Carole McKenzie 
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
15 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 Education Resources Committee, 5 December 2023
 Executive Committee. 24 January 2024 
List of Background Papers
 Financial ledger to 28 December 2023 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact:
Lorraine O’Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
20

Page 21

Ext:  2601 (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail:  lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
21

Page 22

Appendix A 
South Lanarkshire Council
Capital Expenditure 2023-24
Education Resources Programme
For Period 1 April 2023 – 28 December 2023 
Education Resources Base Budget 
£000
Budget
Adjustments
£000
Slippage/
Acceleration
£000
Total
Budget
£000 
Budget 
to Date
£000
Actual
Expenditure
£000
Growth / Accommodation
Pressures 6,691 594 (192) 7,093  6,679 6,986
1,140 Hours 3,280 - - 3,280  2,037 1,706
ICT Developments 2,035 20 - 2,055  844 826
Free School Meals 6,671 (5,065) - 1,606  406 281
Inspiring School Age Childcare
Spaces Programme  234 - 234  11 11
TOTAL 18,677 (4,217) (192) 14,268  9,977 9,810 
For Information Only
Budget Adjustments approved by Executive Committee, 24 January 2024: 
Budget Adjustments 
Free School Meals – 2023/2024 Initial Allocation 
Total Budget Adjustments           
(£5.065m) 
(£5.065m)   
22

Page 23

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Chief Executive and Executive Director (Education
Resources)  
Subject: Education Resources – Workforce Monitoring –
October to December 2023 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to: -
[purpose]
 provide employment information for October to December 2023 relating to
Education Resources
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the following employment information for October to December 2023
relating to Education Resources be noted:- 
 attendance statistics
 occupational health
 accident/incident statistics
 discipline, grievance and Dignity at Work cases
 analysis of leavers and exit interviews
 staffing watch as of 9 December 2023 
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. As part of the Council’s performance management arrangements, regular workforce
monitoring reports are submitted to Committee. This report for Education Resources
provides information on the position for October to December 2023. 
4. Monitoring Statistics
4.1. Attendance Statistics (Appendix 1) 
Information on absence statistics is analysed for the month of December 2023 for
Education Resources. 
The Resource absence figure for December 2023 was 6.3%.  This figure has
increased by 0.7% when compared to the previous month and is 0.3% lower than the
Council-wide figure.  Compared to December 2022, the Resource absence figure
has decreased by 0.5%. 
Based on the absence figures at December 2023 and annual trends, the projected
annual average absence for the Resource for 2023/2024 is 4.4%, compared to a
Council-wide average figure of 5.3%. 
5
23

Page 24

Managers follow the procedures outlined in the Maximising Attendance Policy to
support employees to remain at work, or to return to work after a sickness absence.
There are comprehensive employee supports in place and, additionally, Personnel
Services work in close partnership with line managers and Resource Management
Teams on a case management basis to ensure that appropriate actions are taken. 
4.2. Occupational Health (Appendix 2) 
In terms of referrals to occupational health, which include medical examinations and
physiotherapy, overall, 530 referrals were made this period. This represents a
decrease of 29 when compared with the same period last year. 
4.3. Accident/Incident Statistics 
There were 438 accidents/incidents recorded within the Resource this period, an
increase of 26 when compared to the same period last year. 
4.4. Discipline, Grievance and Dignity at Work (Appendix 2) 
During the period, 4 disciplinary hearings were held within the Resource, a decrease
of 1 when compared to the same period last year. One appeal was heard by the
Appeals Panel. One appeal was pending and 1 appeal was withdrawn.  No
grievance hearings were raised within the Resource and this figure has decreased
by 1 when compared to the same period last year. No Dignity at work complaints
were raised within the Resource; this figure remains unchanged when compared to
the same period last year. 
4.5. Analysis of Leavers (Appendix 2) 
There were a total of 47 leavers in the Resource this period eligible for an exit
interview. This figure has increased by 10 when compared with the same period last
year. Eighteen exit interviews were conducted in this period; this figure remains
unchanged when compared to the same period last year. 
4.6. When processing an employee termination, managers were asked to identify
whether they intended to replace the employee who had left the Council. If they
indicated that they did not intend to replace the employee, they were asked to select
from the following options:
 plan to hold for savings
 fill on a fixed term basis pending savings
 transfer budget to another post
 end of fixed term post 
4.7. Appendix 2a provides a breakdown of vacant posts and whether these are being
replaced or held for savings. In the period October to December 2023, 79 employees
(56.18 FTE) in total left employment.  Managers indicated that 77 posts (54.64 FTE)
were being replaced, 2 posts (1.54 FTE) are being held pending service reviews. 
5. Staffing Watch 
5.1. There has been an increase of 5 in the number of employees in post from 9
September 2023 to 9 December 2023. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are no implications for employees arising from the information presented in
this report. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. All financial implications are accommodated within existing budgets. 
24

Page 25

8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no climate change, sustainability and environmental implications in terms
of the information contained within this report. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. There are no other implications in terms of the information contained within this
report. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact
assessment is required. 
10.2. There was no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Paul Manning
Chief Executive 
Carole McKenzie
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
1 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Ambitious, self aware and improving
 Excellent employer
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others 
Previous References
 Education Resources – 5 December 2023 
List of Background Papers
 Monitoring information provided by Finance and Corporate Resources 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact: -
Elaine Maxwell, HR Business Manager
Ext: (Tel: 01698 454647)
E-mail:  Elaine.Maxwell@southlanarkshire.gov.uk   
25

Page 26

2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 4.8 5.5 5.0 April 2.5 2.7 2.8 April 3.5 4.0 3.8 April 4.3 5.6 5.1
May 5.7 5.5 5.4 May 3.2 3.6 3.2 May 4.4 4.5 4.2 May 4.9 5.4 5.1
June 4.7 5.1 4.8 June 2.6 2.6 2.2 June 3.5 3.7 3.4 June 4.7 5.3 4.7
July 3.4 3.8 3.4 July 1.1 1.4 1.1 July 2.1 2.5 2.2 July 4.0 4.6 3.8
August 3.8 3.6 4.0 August 2.0 1.4 1.3 August 2.8 2.4 2.5 August 4.7 4.4 4.1
September 6.4 5.8 5.9 September 4.4 2.8 2.9 September 5.3 4.1 4.3 September 6.4 5.4 5.3
October 6.6 6.5 5.5 October 4.1 3.4 2.7 October 5.2 4.8 4.0 October 6.3 5.8 5.1
November 8.0 7.9 7.1 November 5.6 4.7 4.3 November 6.7 6.2 5.6 November 6.9 6.5 6.2
December 8.0 8.5 8.1 December 6.1 5.3 4.8 December 7.0 6.8 6.3 December 6.9 7.0 6.6
January 8.1 6.1 January 3.9 4.3 January 5.8 5.1 January 7.0 5.8
February 7.2 6.8 February 3.7 4.1 February 5.3 5.4 February 6.6 5.9
March 9.5 7.0 March 4.3 4.6 March 6.7 5.7 March 7.9 6.4
Annual Average 6.4 6.0 5.8 Annual Average 3.6 3.4 3.2 Annual Average 4.9 4.6 4.4 Annual Average 5.9 5.7 5.3
Average Apr-Dec 5.7 5.8 5.5 Average Apr-Dec 3.5 3.1 2.8 Average Apr-Dec 4.5 4.3 4.0 Average Apr-Dec 5.5 5.6 5.1
3491 4012 7503 16185
Resource Total
No of Employees at 31 December 2023 No of Employees at 31 December 2023 No of Employees at 31 December 2023 No of Employees at 31 December 2023
Appendix 1
Absence Trends - 2021/2022, 2022/2023 & 2023/2024
Education Resources
Council WideAPT&C Teachers
26

Page 27

Oct - Dec Oct - Dec
2022 2023
MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
Number of Employees Attending
EMPLOYEE COUNSELLING SERVICE
Total Number of Referrals
PHYSIOTHERAPY SERVICE
Total Number of Referrals
REFERRALS TO EMPLOYEE SUPPORT OFFICER 243 256
REFERRALS TO COGNITIVE BEHAVIOUR THERAPY 1 2
TOTAL 559 530
Oct - Dec Oct - Dec
2022 2023
Over 7 day absences 1 2
Over 3 day absences** 0 2
Minor 10 14
Near Miss 1 7
Violent Incident:  Physical**** 391 368
Violent Incident:  Verbal***** 9 45
Total Accidents/Incidents 412 438
Oct - Dec Oct - Dec
2022 2023
Total Number of Hearings 5 4
Total Number of Appeals 1 1
Appeals Pending 0 1
Time Taken to Convene Hearing October - December 2023
0-3 Weeks 4-6 Weeks Over 6 Weeks
3 0 1
Oct - Dec Oct - Dec
2022 2023
Number of Grievances 1 0
Number Resolved at Stage 2 1 0
Oct - Dec Oct - Dec
2022 2023
Number of Incidents 0 0
Oct - Dec Oct - Dec
2022 2023
Career Advancement 9 9
Disatisfaction with terms and conditions 0 1
Further Education 1 0
Moving outwith area 3 3
Personal Reasons 3 5
Travelling difficulties 1 0
Other 1 0
Number of Exit Interviews conducted 18 18
Total Number of Leavers Eligible for Exit Interview 37 47
Percentage of interviews conducted 49% 38%
Appendix 2
172 159
40 36
EDUCATION RESOURCES
CAUSE OF ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS
103
*A Specified Injury is any fracture (other than to the fingers, thumbs or toes), amputation, loss of sight, serious
burns, crushing injury, scalping, loss of consciousness caused by asphyxiation/ head injury, a chemical or hot
metal burn to the eye or penetrating injury as defined by the HSE.
**Over 3 day / over 7day absence is an injury sustained outwith specified injury category that results in a period
of absence of absence as defined by the HSE. 
***Near Miss - Any unexpected, unplanned occurrence (except Dangerous Occurrences) that does not lead to
injury of persons, damage to property, plant or equipment but may have done so in different circumstance.
****Physical violent incidents are included in the "Specified" figures, where applicable, to provide the "Total
Specified" figures.
77
****Physical violent incidents and ***** Verbal Violent Incidents are included in the "Over 3-day or Over 7-day"
figures, where applicable, to provide the "Total Over 3-day or Over 7-day" figures.
****Physical Violent Incidents and ***** Verbal Violent Incidents are included in the "Minor" figures, where
applicable, to provide the "Total Minor" figures.
ANALYSIS OF REASONS FOR LEAVING
RECORD OF DISCIPLINARY HEARINGS
RECORD OF GRIEVANCE HEARINGS
RECORD OF DIGNITY AT WORK
27

Page 28

FTE H/C FTE H/C
Terminations/Leavers 56.18 79 440.40 551
Being replaced 54.64 77 432.22 540
Filling on a temporary basis 0.00 0 2.48 3
Plan to transfer this budget to another post 0.00 0 0.00 0
End of fixed term contract 0.00 0 2.03 3
Held pending service Review 1.54 2 2.14 3
Plan to remove for savings 0.00 0 1.53 2
October - December 2023
Appendix 2a
Reason Cumulative total
28

Page 29

As at 9 December 2023
F/T P/T F/T P/T
Teachers 698 81 2217 919 3915
Other 125 96 668 2420 3309
Total Employees 823 177 2885 3339 7224
Chief Officer Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Fixed SCP Teacher TOTAL
Teachers 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 6.60 3520.85 3528.45
Other 4.00 1184.67 959.54 143.27 46.00 11.00 0.00 62.66 4.80 2415.94
As at 9 September 2023
F/T P/T F/T P/T
Teachers 700 81 2235 907 3923
Other 130 94 672 2400 3296
Total Employees 830 175 2907 3307 7219
Chief Officer Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Fixed SCP Teacher TOTAL
Teachers 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 6.60 3532.35 3539.95
Other 4.00 1185.77 951.66 144.40 49.60 10.00 0.00 62.46 6.80 2414.69
Appendix 3
Salary Bands
*Full - Time Equivalent No of Employees
Salary Bands
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
JOINT STAFFING WATCH RETURN
EDUCATION RESOURCES
*Full - Time Equivalent No of Employees
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
29

Page 30

30

Page 31

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Executive Director (Education Resources)  
Subject: Cost of the School Day Guidance for Schools and Early
Years Establishments 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide an update on the work of Education Resources to support Cost of the
School Day (CoSD) across South Lanarkshire schools and Early Years
establishments
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the work undertaken by Education Resources on the Cost of the School
Day be noted; and
(2) that the proposals contained in South Lanarkshire Council’s (SLC) Cost of the
School Day Guidance for schools and Early Years establishments, as detailed
in section 5.2 and Appendix 1 of the report, are approved.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. Article 28 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) states
that Primary education should be free and compulsory.  Education in Scotland is free
at entry, but evidence shows that there can be off costs as many aspects of the school
day cost families money. 
3.2. The most recent figure (June 2023) indicates that ‘just over 14,000, 23%, of children
in South Lanarkshire live in relative poverty once housing costs have been taken into
account’. Campaign to End Child Poverty/End Child Poverty Coalition (ECPC). 
3.3. In South Lanarkshire Council Schools
 19.7% of learners live in Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD)1 or SIMD2
areas (2023/2024)
 21.5% are entitled to Free School Meals (based on P6-7 pupils for 2023/2024) 
This compares Nationally to
 22.7% of learners live in SIMD1 or SIMD2 areas (2022)
 21.4% are entitled to Free School Meals (based on P6-7 pupils only-Healthy Living
Survey 2022) 
3.4. South Lanarkshire Council has been working for several years now to reduce the
amount families are charged regardless of their economic status.  Our schools and
6
31

Page 32

centres actively support families living in poverty to ensure they are protected from
any school charges and signposted to other agencies and organisations who may be
able to help them. 
4. Cost of the School Day in South Lanarkshire Council 
4.1. Prior to the pandemic, every South Lanarkshire Council school was required to
produce a Position Statement on the Cost of the School Day in their establishment
using guidance produced by Education Resources.  As part of the guidance issued to
schools, they were asked to reflect on all costs incurred by families as well as the
frequency of these charges. This included the cost of school uniforms and all other
aspect of education which came with a cost e.g. school trips, fun events, school
lunches. 
4.2. Training on Cost of the School Day has been available to schools since 2019, but it
was recognised that many of our schools struggled to appreciate the need to reduce
costs as they had no lived experience of poverty.  A Poverty Awareness course was
then developed and delivered by a central officer with a remit specific to Cost of the
School Day.   
4.3. Evaluations for these events were consistently high, however, it became clear that
robust guidance was required to ensure all establishments were able to offer the same
provision to children, young people and their families, regardless of the demographic
of the school. 
4.4. Education Resources have been reviewing the historic nature of overseas and
residential excursions with the new guidance being provided to schools and services
on looking at the implications of the costs of these excursions in light of CoSD and
affordability. 
4.5. In January 2020, Head Teachers from across South Lanarkshire Council came
together for our first Cost of the School Day Conference.   Delegates heard from Sara
Spencer of the Child Poverty Action Group and from David Harkness of Money
Matters.  The conference ended with schools making pledges on how they would
reduce costs for their families. These pledges were revisited later as part of a Learning
Community meeting. 
4.6. Biggar High School, St John Ogilvie High School and Rigside Primary featured in the
Child Poverty Action Group Scotland’s (CPAG)  Talking About Costs and Money at
School national resource. These schools were identified as having good practice in
relation to Cost of the School Day and their communication around this with pupils and
families. St John Ogilvie High School and Rigside Primary School also presented their
work at a CPAG national event in 2021. St John Ogilvie’s Cost of the School Day
lessons generated particular interest and are being shared nationally. 
4.7. Work also continues with Money Matters and the Whole Family Wellbeing Fund
through the supports offered by the Family Support Hubs.  Schools are encouraged to
access these services and direct families for advice. This work is a key feature of the
SLC Child Poverty Plan and the Child Services Plan.   
4.8. In addition to the guidance issued to schools, Education Resources completed an
initial audit in 2019 on charges associated with extra-curricular trips. Findings from the
audit highlighted that trips could cost as much as £1,800 per pupil, with one trip costing
£3000.  Advice on charges associated with extra-curricular activity is now included in
the guidance to ensure equity for all children, young people and their families.
32

Page 33

4.9. Further information will be provided to schools following publication of the guidance
on operating procedures to support the planning and organisation of educational
excursions, taking account of the principles of equity and Cost of the School Day. 
5. Cost of the School Day – 2023/2024 
5.1. A Cost of the School Day Working Party was established in 2022 with the remit to
produce Cost of the School Day Guidance to support schools in moving from an initial
Cost of the School Day position statement to policy.  The Working Party consisted of
school leaders from each of the four SLC localities and included both Primary and
Secondary practitioners.  The draft guidance can be found in Appendix 1. 
5.2. The completed Guidance contains ten SLC Proposals to reduce the cost of the school
day in all of our schools and Early Years Establishments alongside advice on
communicating with families. The proposals are:- 
 WE PROPOSE: All South Lanarkshire schools will promote the use of affordable,
inclusive and flexible uniforms for children and young people,
 WE PROPOSE: South Lanarkshire Schools will encourage and support young
people to apply for their Under 22 free bus pass,
 WE PROPOSE: No child or young person will need to pay for any aspect of their
core curriculum/education,
 WE PROPOSE: All South Lanarkshire schools will take part in the annual
Challenge Poverty Week to raise awareness among our children and young
people,
 WE PROPOSE: Cost will never prevent any South Lanarkshire pupil attending
an Educational Excursion held during the school day,
 WE PROPOSE: All children and young people within South Lanarkshire schools
will be encouraged to maintain healthy eating habits in line with the Schools Act
(Health Promotion and Nutrition) (Scotland ) Act 2020,
 WE PROPOSE: All South Lanarkshire schools/Early Years Establishments will
complete a Cost of the School Day calendar at the start of each year to ensure
fun events are spread evenly through the year and include cost-free events, 
 WE PROPOSE: every child or young person will be able to take part in at least
one free extracurricular club each school year.
 WE PROPOSE: no learning at home activity will have financial implications for
families
 WE PROPOSE: All South Lanarkshire Schools and Early Years Establishments
will have a Cost of the School Day Policy which will be:-
 Regularly reviewed 
 Recognised within the Equity section of Establishment Improvement Plans
 Written in consultation with all stakeholders
 Shared annually with staff during the first in-service day and available to
families through usual communication methods 
5.3. The guidance also includes:-
 Departmental Guidance for secondary schools
 suggestions for grants/funding available to support Cost of the School Day
activity in establishments
 advice on low/zero cost curricular trips
 a step-by-step guide to help increase the uptake of Free School Meals
33

Page 34

 a Cost of the School Day Audit Tool for schools to work on with their staff, pupils
and partners
 an exemplar of a CoSD Policy along with an example of a parent-friendly Policy
 examples of good practice from four SLC schools 
5.4. Additional resources to support establishments can be found on the Cost of the School
Day sections on the SLC Staff Learning Centre and the Equity Hub.  Resources
include, exemplars, materials from the CoSD Conference, resources to help consult
with pupils, staff and parents/carers, self-evaluation and professional learning
materials and examples of good practice from SLC Schools. 
5.5. The section on ‘eating’ in schools, which can be found on page 8 of the guidance, was
presented to staff from the Facilities Service to ensure the messages within the
Guidance are consistent in every school. 
6. Cost of the School Day and the Scottish Attainment Challenge 
6.1. Cost of the School Day has been included in our Scottish Attainment Challenge
Strategic Equity Fund plan for the last two years as one of our core plus measures. 
Our measure is that by June 2024, all South Lanarkshire schools will move from a
Position Statement on Cost of the School Day to an establishment Policy. We are
currently on track to achieve this measure. 
6.2. Each establishment’s completed policy will then be available on their websites.
Establishments should also continue to support families to access all financial
supports and entitlements. This includes working to increase the uptake of Free
School Meals and Clothing Grants by all who are entitled and signposting families to
other agencies when required. 
7. Planned Outcomes for Cost of the School Day
7.1. Establishments will:-
 deliver CoSD messages at the start of each school year
 appoint a CoSD Lead in each establishment
 maintain a CoSD Calendar which will be shared with all partners
 keep an annual record of any money asked for from families and work to reduce
this figure year on year
 follow the best practice examples under each SLC Proposal wherever possible
 by removing as many cost barriers to engagement and participation as we can,
hope to succeed in our mission to not only close the poverty-related attainment
gap but provide the best possible experience for all children and young people in
South Lanarkshire. 
8. Next Steps
8.1. The new Cost of the School Day Guidance and supporting materials will be presented
to Head Teachers at a CoSD Conference in March 2024.  Awareness of the ‘hidden’
costs that can occur will be shared, so that there is a better understanding of the need
to consider these factors during the planning and assessment process. 
9. Employee Implications
9.1. None 
34

Page 35

10. Financial Implications
10.1. There are no financial implications in terms of the information contained within this
report. 
11. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
11.1. There are no significant implications for climate change, sustainability and the
environment arising from the recommendations in this report. 
12. Other Implications
12.1. There are no risk implications in terms of the information contained within this report. 
13. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
13.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
13.2. Consultation, dialogue and engagement has taken place with schools, headteachers,
teachers, other services, Education Scotland and the Corporate Management Team. 
Support has been provided through professional learning at school and learning
community level. 
Carole McKenzie
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
12 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Education and learning: inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening
partnerships 
Previous References
None 
List of Background Papers
• Cost of the school day guidance 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Jacqueline Wallace, Head of Education (Early Years and Primary)
Ext:  4468  (Tel:  01698 454468)
E-mail:  jacqueline.wallace@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
35

Page 36

36

Page 37

APPENDIX 1 
APPENDIX 1 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE
COUNCIL 
COST OF THE SCHOOL DAY
GUIDANCE FOR SCHOOLS
AND EARLY YEARS
ESTABLISHMENTS 
6
37

Page 38

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
1
Cost of the School Day Guidance for Schools in South Lanarkshire 
As Executive Director of Education, I am delighted to endorse this piece of work,
which I believe is both crucial and ground-breaking. 
When I started as a teacher back in 1992, I was given a job in Easterhouse, an area
of high socio-economic deprivation. Coming from a middle-class background and
having trained in Edinburgh, this was an eye-opener for me. I witnessed for the first
time the direct effects that poverty can have on children, their families and their life
chances. With subsequent teaching posts in Castlemilk and finally as a Head
Teacher in Glasgow’s East End, I made a commitment that one day I would be able
to have a wider influence around policy that helped our children to help overcome
disadvantage. Our work on “Cost of the School Day” has been a focus for several
years and is now culminating in this guidance document for schools. The document
has been informed by those individual schools who, again and again, go “above and
beyond” to ensure that school never becomes a barrier to achievement or
experience in terms of cost. It has been exceptionally well led by our dedicated “Cost
of the School Day” officer who has provided high-quality training and advice to
dozens of schools across South Lanarkshire Council. 
The ask, I think, is simple. It requires schools, teachers, and the centre to make
decisions that involve a financial ask through the lens of genuine empathy. It asks us
to put ourselves in the shoes of families who may be struggling to make ends meet
and to ensure that no decision we make can directly or inadvertently increase
disadvantage.  I thank all schools, and the Cost of the School Day working party,
who have led the way and am delighted this document showcases some of our best
practise. 
I commend this piece of work to you. 
Carole McKenzie
Executive Director of Education Resources
February 2023 
38

Page 39

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
2
Introduction 
Article 28 of the UNCRC states that children and young people have the right to
education no matter who they are: regardless of race, gender or disability; if they’re
in detention, or if they’re a refugee.  It states that Primary education should be free
and compulsory. 
While ‘education’ may be free, school is so much more than acquiring knowledge. 
The Curriculum for Excellence makes clear that to develop the whole child and
enable them to become Confident Individuals, Successful Learners, Effective
Contributors and Responsible Citizens schools need to offer a wide range of
experiences and opportunities.
We acknowledge that the reality is there can be many aspects of the school day
which do cost families, even in Primary. In South Lanarkshire Council our vision is
that all children and young people will receive the same opportunities in their
educational journey regardless of their social-economic background.   
Sharing the Vision 
Every school and Early Years setting has a clear focus on Cost of the School Day
and should have a designated Lead for this work. Pupil Equity Funding within
schools is used to support Cost of the School Day (CoSD) initiatives as appropriate.
In addition, as part of schools’ Pupil Equity Funding a portion of the funding is
subject to a Participatory Budgeting process. This allows pupils, families, and staff to
vote on how funds should be spent within their school. Schools should consider Cost
of the School Day initiatives to support families during the Participatory Budgeting
process each year. 
Within their own individual structures, schools/EY settings will decide where
responsibility for Cost of the School Day best fits with other initiatives. The Lead will
take responsibility for aspects such as:
• Coordinating the school CoSD timetable 
• Supporting staff with CoSD ideas and approaches
• Contributing to the completion of an annual audit of costs
• Ensuring information is shared with all families while also targeting families as
required
• Auditing of the cost of the school uniform in relation to the Clothing Grant
allowance 
By June 2024 South Lanarkshire Schools and standalone Early Years
Establishments will have a Cost of the School Day Policy which will be: 
o Regularly reviewed 
o Recognised within the Equity section of School Improvement Plans
o Written in consultation with all stakeholders
39

Page 40

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
3
o Shared annually with staff during the first in-service day and available to families
through the usual communication methods 
Understanding and Compassion 
All staff working in South Lanarkshire schools and Early Years Establishments
should have an awareness of the issues surrounding poverty and the need to reduce
or remove costs related to all aspects of the school day. Training on this subject is
available through the Curriculum Quality Improvement Service (CQIS) and from
August 2024, Cost of the School Day will be a standing item on the Annual Checklist
for Head Teachers, ensuring that all staff receive a briefing at the start of each
school year.  
We expect all staff to show empathy and compassion to any child or young person
who is struggling with attendance, attainment, participation and/or engagement in
education caused by or exacerbated by poverty. Poverty can be a barrier to learning
for many children and young people, and therefore should be seen and dealt with in
a similar way to any specific learning difficulty where there are clear interventions put
in place to mitigate the impact of that difficulty.
Since one of the Priority Groups in reducing Child Poverty are families with a child
under one and another relates to young mothers (mothers under the age of 25), it is
particularly important for our nursery classes and Early Years Settings to be Poverty
Aware and reduce costs to families as much as they can. 
Support for All 
Many families will hide the fact they are living in poverty.  Advice on financial support
should be available for all families and clearly communicated.  Families should not
have to search for information. It should be noted that schools are not responsible for
helping families with every aspect of their life but can facilitate in signposting them to
the most appropriate help available. 
Large families (3+ children) will receive financial assistance for any whole school
event (e.g. panto) without having to ask and schools will offer subsidies for
twins/triplets. 
As a core principle, consideration will also be given to avoiding the stigma of parents
having to ask for help and/or having to provide evidence of their financial
circumstances. See Appendix 1 for ideas/best practice. 
Involving Parent Councils and Parents Management Groups/Committees 
It is vital to keep Parent Councils and Parent Management Groups in the Early Years
setting, involved in Cost of the School Day to help share information with other
parents and to help them understand the need for fundraising through different
40

Page 41

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
4
methods. It is also important to hear from parents about any ongoing or developing
community issues which may have an impact on the CoSD.
‘Cost of the School Day’ should be kept as a regular item on the Agenda of these
meetings.
A Parent Toolkit from the Child Poverty Action Group is a useful resource for Parent
Councils and a presentation is available to schools on the South Lanarkshire Council
Equity Hub. 
School Uniform 
School uniform is the biggest expense for families outside of school trips.  While we
recognise that there is no legal requirement to wear a uniform, it can and often does
add to the creation of a positive school ethos and sense of belonging. It brings with it
a sense of pride and ownership amongst the vast majority of children and young
people.  A positive ethos is made up of so much more than clothing, however, and
schools must recognise that an overly strict and prescriptive uniform can place
undue financial pressure and stress on families.  It is therefore vital that schools
adopt a flexible and inclusive policy regarding uniform and are understanding and
compassionate in support of any child or young person who may, for whatever
reason, come to school without wearing a uniform.  
Any school policy on uniform must be written in consultation with parents, carers, the
Parent Council and children and young people.  Policies should always be
underpinned by the values of inclusion, equity and sustainability.  They should also
be cognisant of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) 
and in particular Article 2 (Non-discrimination), Article 12 (Right to express views),
Article 13 (Freedom of expression) and Article 28 (Right to education). 
Schools should avoid having compulsory badged or branded items of uniform as
these are more expensive.  It is important that if a school does include a badged
option, these items are available in more than one outlet unless there has been a
tendering process and a written contract is in place.  Any tendering process must be
repeated at least every 5 years.  Any savings from a particular supplier must be
passed back to the family and schools will not enter into any ‘cashback’ agreement
with a uniform supplier. 
Similarly, schools should resist pressure which may come from outside the school to
introduce new, more expensive items of uniform such as kilts just because they look
more attractive than the plainer alternative.  This could very quickly ensure a ‘two
teir’ uniform where families who can afford it can have a ‘better’ uniform while those
who can’t immediately look different and their poverty will be visible for all. 
41

Page 42

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
5
South Lanarkshire PROPOSALS: 
Getting Dressed
WE PROPOSE: All South Lanarkshire schools will promote the use of
affordable, inclusive and flexible uniforms for children and young people 
Best Practice:
o In order to promote a sense of belonging and pride in their school, all children
and young people will be encouraged to wear an affordable school uniform.
o Schools will ensure the cost of their uniform does not exceed the funding from
the Clothing Grant (£130 in Primary, £150 in Secondary as  per 2023).
o Schools will have ‘pre-loved/recycled’ uniforms available for all and these will be
promoted regularly throughout the year. 
o Schools will promote non-badged or ‘branded’ items in the same way they do
badged uniforms i.e. on the school website and induction leaflets.  They will
avoid words such as ‘acceptable’.
o Where badged items are an optional choice, schools and EY settings  will
consider offering a sew-on or iron-on on badge which would be more affordable
and could be re-used.
o Rural schools will be particularly aware that families may be unable to shop
locally so uniforms should be available online at a reasonable cost.
o Children or young people who join a school mid-year will be automatically
offered a pre-loved uniform if available in their size.  This is particularly important
for Care Experienced children and young people to avoid any discrimination and
to help them feel they belong in their new school.
o Schools will limit the number of shoes a child/young person requires.
o Schools will not insist on a bespoke PE kit unless this is supplied.
o Schools and EY settings will offer support to complete the Clothing Grant
application if required for cross-boundary pupils.
o Children and young people will be supported should they attend school in
clothing other than the expected school uniform.
o Young children in EY settings will be able to wear their own clothes.
o Blazers and other ‘branded’ items of uniform will only be promoted as an optional
item and will not be compulsory.  This message will be clearly communicated
with parents and carers.
o Schools will not use braiding or different styles or colours of clothes to
differentiate between stages or responsibilities in school.
o Where schools want to differentiate between pupils for whatever reason, they will
use low-cost options such as badges or lanyards. 
Travelling
o WE PROPOSE: South Lanarkshire Schools will encourage and support
young people to apply for their Under 22 free bus pass. 
Best Practice:
o Schools will consider and mitigate the potential financial impact on all families
when offering extra-curricular activities including Supported Study.
42

Page 43

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
6
o Where possible, Easter Study Schools will be delivered online to allow all to
attend or offer a hybrid model if it is thought young people need a quieter place to
study than at home e.g in a department in school.
o EY settings will support parents to apply for their Under 22 free bus pass should
this be suitable for them. 
Learning
WE PROPOSE: No child or young person will need to pay for any aspect of
their core curriculum/education
Best Practice:
o Secondary schools will have no curricular charges for timetabled classes.
o Stationery will be readily available in all primary classes and Early Years play
rooms for children to access without requiring to ask. 
o In Secondary schools, stationery stations will be available for young people to
take equipment as and when they require it
o If extra resources are required for learning at home schools will either provide or
allow the work to be completed in school.
o Information and Communication Technology (ICT) resources will be utilised
where possible to support learning at home. Schools should check that all
children and young people have access to resources as required.
o See Appendix 2 for Departmental Guidance on where financial supports are
available. 
Friendships
WE PROPOSE: All South Lanarkshire schools will take part in the annual
Challenge Poverty Week to raise awareness among our children and young
people 
Best Practice: 
o Poverty Awareness will be taught as part of PSE in secondary schools.
o Poverty related bullying will be treated as seriously as any other form of bullying
and logged appropriately.
o All Early Years Establishments and Primary schools will discourage additional
stigma through the limiting of ‘non-uniform’ days or days with a particular focus
where families may feel a pressure to buy new clothing  (e.g. Wear pyjama day
& World Book Day)
o All secondary schools will discourage additional stigma through the limiting of
‘non-uniform’ days.
o Parent Councils and Parent Management Groups in the Early Years setting will
be reminded of the Cost of the School Day through inclusion as a standing item
on Agendas.
o School Excursions advice (below) should be followed. 
43

Page 44

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
7
School Excursions
WE PROPOSE: Cost will never prevent any South Lanarkshire pupil attending
an Educational Excursion held during the school day. 
Best Practice for Day Excursions: 
o No excursion during the school day which is considered to be important for the
education of a particular class or year group should have any charge.
o All pupils will be offered a school packed lunch to take on school excursions –
these can be pre-ordered and packed for pupils leaving for a trip (P1 – P5 free
and P6/P7 and secondary FSM eligible pupils)
o Schools will consider potential ‘hidden’ costs to trips such as specialist clothing,
casual clothing, , passports, and spending money
o During Educational Excursions school uniform will be worn and visits to gift
shops will be avoided unless there is a very good reason.
o Schools will walk where local trips are within 1 mile of the school, being mindful
of safe routes.
o See Appendix 3 for suggestions of grants. 
o See Appendix 4 for suggestions of cost-effective trips for all pupils. 
Best Practice for Residential Excursions 
o Schools should not organise a school trip unless there is a way to provide it for
free for any pupil who would not be able to pay and subsidies should be
available for all families who need one.
o In partnership with parents, schools will develop communication methods which
families find acceptable so they feel there is no stigma and which will allow them
to request financial help e.g. Google Form.
o Organisers will ‘shop around’ the list of SLC approved providers (including
transport companies) instead of automatically going back to the same
place/provider.
o For residential trips, there must be enough notice for families to ‘pay up’ no
more than £20 a month.  If a trip costs more than this the school will fund the
difference.
o Schools will consider potential ‘hidden’ costs to trips such as specialist clothing,
casual clothing, sleeping bags, passports, toiletries and spending money
o Schools will always consider alternatives to an overseas/out of Scotland trip e.g.
skiing in Scotland instead of elsewhere in Europe, theatre in Edinburgh rather
than London.
o Schools will explore external funding whenever possible before they ask families
for money.
o See Appendix 3 for suggestions of grants 
Eating
WE PROPOSE: All children and young people within South Lanarkshire
schools will be encouraged to maintain healthy eating habits in line with the
Schools Act (Health Promotion and Nutrition) (Scotland ) Act 2020. 
44

Page 45

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
8
Best Practice: 
o No child will start lessons hungry.
o Any vulnerable pupil who arrives late for breakfast can access fruit from the
kitchen.
o All young people will be able to access the dining room before the school day in
Secondary Schools.
o School meals for all children and young people will be promoted and those
eligible will be encouraged to take up their free-school-meal entitlement. See
Appendix 5 for flow chart to encourage FSM uptake.
o All children and young people will be actively encouraged to eat their school
lunch and be able to access surplus fruit from the dining hall if required.
o Following lunchtime service, any surplus fruit will be collected, washed by
catering staff and redistributed via the school office.
o In primary schools, all children will be offered any surplus menu items during the
lunchtime period (including vegetables and salad) to be eaten in the dining room.
o In secondary schools young people will be able to access the “Still Fresh”
(surplus cold food) initiative.
o Schools will offer support to complete the Free Meal Entitlement application if
required for cross-boundary pupils.
o Schools will be encouraged to develop a school food policy, where one does not
already exist. This will allow the school to further develop and embed healthy
choices and informed decisions by learners around food and health and promote
healthy snacks being brought in from home. 
Fun Events
WE PROPOSE: All South Lanarkshire schools/Early Year Establishments will
complete a Cost of the School Day calendar at the start of each year to ensure
fun events are spread evenly through the year and include cost-free events 
Best Practice:
o There will always be free activities at a Christmas or Summer Fayre.
o Schools taking part in Christmas Jumper days or Halloween Discos will have
swap shops/recycling racks of clothing prior to the event to allow families free
access to enable full participation from the young person. 
o Charity and/or fun events will be planned in advance, and communicated
timeously with families, and children will be able to take part without spending or
donating money.
o Learning and teaching around supporting charities will be taught without asking
the children/young people for money.
o CoSD calendars will be shared between EY settings, primary and secondary
schools to ensure families are able to budget for events and trips.
o No ‘fun event’ in school should cost a family more than £5.
o Office staff will be supported to provide communications for Parent Pay to avoid
any stigmatising or pressurising inferences. 
o Money will not be collected from individuals, instead ‘chuck it in the bucket’ type
collections / anonymous donations will be encouraged.
45

Page 46

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
9
Best practice for Prom
o Primary Schools will not have a Prom or similar event but rather focus on a social
event e.g ceilidh or games night.
o Secondary Schools will ‘cost’ their Prom to ensure they are aware of the overall
total cost for families.
o Schools will encourage the use of ‘pre-loved’ dresses, suits and accessories as a
more sustainable and cost-effective way of dressing.
o Schools will encourage staff and students to use their talents to help young
people prepare for Prom e.g staff helping with make-up, nails and hair.
o Prom should be organised with enough time for young people to pay up for
tickets.
o Rather than a professional photographer, schools should ask for a volunteer from
parents or staff to take photographs which can be sent digitally.
o Schools will encourage pupils to minimise transport costs, for example travelling
together by coach. 
o Schools will consider having the prom take place in the school instead of a more
expensive venue. 
School Clubs
WE PROPOSE: every child or young person will be able to take part in at least
one free extracurricular club each school year.
Best Practice:
o If children/young people are transported to school there will be some lunchtime
clubs to ensure these pupils can still take part in extra-curricular activities.
o If school staff take the clubs/activities these will be provided to pupils for free.
o Schools should only consider charging pupils if they need to pay for a coach that
cannot fund through other means.
o Children and young people will not be charged more than £1 for an extra-
curricular activity.
o If a special kit is required (e.g. school football strip), then this will be provided as
required for loan or free of charge.
o For lunchtime clubs all pupils participating should have access to a school
lunch/packed lunch from the dining room,
o 
Learning At Home
WE PROPOSE: no learning at home activity will have financial implications for
families
Best Practice:
o Schools will provide children and young people with any and all resources they
need to complete homework.
o If pupil work needs to be printed then staff will ensure this can be done in school. 
o There will be an area in the school where pupils can complete their homework for
an hour before or after school.  This could support families with costs associated
46

Page 47

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
10 
with electricity or Wi-Fi etc. if this is a barrier for them.  This may not be possible
in all schools as it will require suitable adult supervision but may be possible on
designated days.
o Any pupil not submitting homework will have a supportive conversation to find out
what support can be provided to help them complete homework. 
Attitudes to Poverty
WE PROPOSE: All South Lanarkshire Schools and Early Years Establishments
will have a Cost of the School Day Policy which will be: 
o Regularly reviewed 
o Recognised within the Equity section of establishment Improvement Plans
o Written in consultation with all stakeholders
o Shared annually with staff during the first in-service day and available to
families through usual communication methods 
o See Appendix 6 for a CoSD Audit Tool to help on writing the Policy. 
o See Appendix 7 for an Exemplar of a CoSD Policy. 
o See Appendix 8 for an Exemplar of a Parent Friendly CoSD Policy. 
o See Appendix 9 for some examples of good practice for more please see the
Equity Hub 
By removing as many cost barriers to engagement and participation as we can, we
hope to succeed in our mission to not only close the poverty-related attainment gap
but provide the best possible experience for all children and young people in South
Lanarkshire. 
47

Page 48

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
11 
Appendix 1 - Communication with Parents/Families 
RELATIONSHIPS – without good relationships you are not going to be able to
engage with your families. Make sure SLT are visible before and after school to
potentially allow for informal contact with families – if you appear accessible to
families then they will be more likely to engage. 
Make sure any letter/communication that goes out asking for money also includes
information about how a family can receive support if they require it and what they
can do if they simply can’t afford what is being asked.  
Keep a universal approach – if you only target families who are entitled to free
school meals or live in particular postcodes, other families who are struggling may
not feel that they can reach out.  Children and young people will take help offered if it
is offered to everyone.  For example, snack tables/boxes available for all. 
Use non-stigmatising language e.g. ‘We are all struggling right now but we don’t
need to struggle alone.  There are a range of supports available to our school
community so please take any help needed.’ 
Make sure any support is visible and constantly communicated.  Use your social
media presence, posters, texts and phone calls.  The more this is seen as normal,
the more people will take the help when it is offered. 
Constant vigilance – if you have a box for snacks or stationery equipment, ask staff
to keep an eye on who does use it, they may notice a child or young person who is
suddenly accepting help who hasn’t needed it before.  If their name is then passed
on to the Equity lead in the school, a supportive phone call could be made to that
family to check if they need other support. 
Parent Pay – ensure a member of SLT or Equity Team have seen any message on
Parent Pay regarding a trip or activity prior to distribution. 
Find ways for parents to ask for help without having to come in to school as some
will find this too difficult.  Some schools have found success by using Google Forms. 
With any form, please be aware that parents don’t need to be asked lots of questions
– their name/contact details and support required should be enough. 
Ask your families what they think would be the best way to communicate.   
48

Page 49

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
12 
Appendix 2  - Departmental Guidance  
The removal of core curriculum charges includes class based activities within the
eight core curriculum areas in the broad general education in primary and secondary
school.  This includes activities associated with preparation for SQA qualifications in
the senior phase. 
This includes (but is not limited to): 
Home Economics 
All ingredients and materials required.   
Example of costs in 2022/23 
S1 - £36 pp 
S2 - £36 pp 
S3 - £45 pp 
National Hospitality - £40.50 
National Cake Craft - £56.25 
Technical Education 
All materials required for design, manufacture and technology subjects.  
Example of Costs in 2022/23: 
S1 – £2.13 
S2 - £2.55 
S3 Practical Woodwork – 17.22 
S3 Design and Manufacture - £9.28 
National Practical Woodwork - £65.28 
National Design and Manufacture - £20.40 
Short courses - £12.82 
Art and Design 
All art materials, for example for sketchbooks, specialist art materials and the costs
of returning folio work from SQA. 
S1 – £1 
S2 - £2 
S3 - £1.67 
AH Art - £5 
Folio Return - £3.91 
Masterclass - £1 
Curricular equipment 
The purchase of musical instruments where this is required for a class-based
learning experience in primary schools. 
Scientific calculators for secondary school pupils.   
Example cost in 2022/23 - £7.99 per person 
Provision of specialist equipment to support classroom learning during themed
weeks (e.g. STEM week).  
Curricular Trips 
Theatre trips associated with SQA drama performances. 
H and AH Drama - £30 per pupil or £695 for membership of Digital Theatre Plus 
Geography trips associated with SQA qualifications.   
49

Page 50

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
13 
The following are outwith the scope of this policy: 
After school clubs, including associated transport.
School trips that do not fall into the definition above. 
School uniforms and PE kit, covered under a separate manifesto. 
Access to devices, which is covered under a separate manifesto. 
Optional instrumental music tuition, which is covered under a separate manifesto.     
50

Page 51

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
14 
Appendix 3 - Suggestions of grants/funding 
Visit www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/find-funding  – this site works with SCVO Funding
Scotland and allows you to filter your search parameters.  Note that this mostly for
community grants so your bids must have a community element.  Use the filter to search for
grants available to non-charities unless you have charitable status. 
The Loaningdale School Company – provides grants for schools in Clydesdale.  Go to
www.loaningdale.org.uk   - R Stewart checking with Loaningdales 
Windfarm Community Fund – one of its aims is to relieve or prevent poverty, advance
education and other social purposes beneficial to a community.  Search for ‘SSE Clyde Wind
Farm Fund’ 
Awards For All from the National Lottery 
SportsScotland have grants for equipment schools can use – normally your Active School
Coordinator will be happy to apply for you. 
Supermarket community funds – most big supermarkets have grants for their local
area.  Aldi, Tesco, Morrisons, Sainsburys all do.  Contact your local store direct.  Many have
‘community champions’ who will work with local schools directly. 
Warburtons – donate bread and other supplies 
Greggs – breakfast club (Primary Schools) 
Borders Biscuits – Lanark only 
SSE Energy – over £10,000 
Ford Britain Trust 
JHP Transport 
Aberlour Fund – support for families for Christmas 
Rotary Club 
Development Trusts 
Community Councils 
Please note that when accepting food donations consideration must be given to Nutritional
Requirements for Food and Drink in Schools (Scotland) Regulations 2020.  This is not
necessary if the food is being donated for a Food Bank.
Nutritional Guidance for 0 – 5 (Setting The Table) 
14 nutritional standards for Primary Schools
14 nutritional standards for Secondary Schools 
51

Page 52

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
15 
Appendix 4 - Cost Effective School Trips 
Register with GreatBritishSchoolTrip.com and search for venues in Scotland.  This
site is sponsored by Hyundai and offers a bursary for many Scottish venues.  Check
to see if your visit is there and then apply for their bursary. 
Historic Environment Scotland offer Free Learning Visits.  There is a form to apply
for a visit on their website.  You can also apply for a School Visits Travel Subsidy –
priority is given to schools in an area of deprivation.  They offer 75% back on the
cost of your bus. 
Museums are generally free if you are leading the group yourself and don’t require
Museum guides.  Please make sure you book though to allow the museum notice of
a large group.  A ‘supported’ self led booking will have a small charge (e.g £25 per
class) but may provide useful resources. 
Summerlee Museum of Scottish Industrial Life is free (although you need to prebook
when in a large group).  They often have special events on so keep an eye on their
website. 
David Livingston Centre – subsidised travel 
Glasgow Science Centre – subsidised travel 
Dog’s Trust – School visit and talk (free) 
Police and Fire – School visit and talk (free) 
Local Community Groups, e.g. church, Healthy Valleys,   
Local Secondary Schools 
Rock up and Ride Project – Scottish Cycling (free bikes) 
Helpful hints: 
Wherever you go – please tell families ahead of time that you won’t be visiting the
shop.  This will save the family additional cost, save the leader a lot of anxiety on the
day and ensure the young people remember the trip for the right reasons – not for
the cool pencil they bought there. 
Make sure children/young people know to wear their school uniform.  This means
they are easier to identify and families don’t feel they need to buy new
clothes.  Teachers should set the example by dressing as they would for a school
day. 
52

Page 53

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
16 
1
• Ask your Cook In Charge for a list of all your
young people who are entitled to free lunches
but are not making use of their entitlement.
2
• Arrange individual interviews with all young
people on the list who are not regularly taking
their full entitlement. 
3
• Discuss with young people what they can use
their entitlement for e.g snacks, drinks, food to
take home etc. (i.e not just for lunch).
4
• Follow interview up with a letter/ e-mail or
phone call home
5
• Monitor uptake over the next few
weeks/months and then...
6
• Repeat process in 6 months time.
Appendix 5 – maximising FME uptake 
53

Page 54

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
17 
Appendix 6 CoSD Audit
Use the questions below to RAG where your school is in these aspects of
CoSD.  This should inform your School Policy and your Improvement Planning.
AWARENESS AND EMPATHY
Question R A G Action
Do you know how much money families were
asked for last year?        
Do you ensure annual training/updates are
given to all staff?          
Do you have a designated CoSD Lead in the
school?          
Do you have a CoSD group which includes
parents and pupils?        
Do you complete annual Action Plans,
monitor spending, complete annual
calendars?        
Do you challenge staff if you hear comments
which are insensitive?         
54

Page 55

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
18 
SUPPORT FOR FAMILIES
Question R A G Action
Do you have an effective way to signpost
families to financial help?        
Do you ensure any support is universal
(because not everyone who is struggling is a
family you know about)?        
Do you use any other agencies/support
groups for your families?        
Are you confident that all messaging is
consistent with your ethos (see
‘Communication’)         
COMMUNICATION WITH FAMILIES
Question R A G Action
Do you ensure that any offer of support is
delivered to all families or do you only target
the families you think you know need help? 
Are you mindful of the fact that CoSD does
not only affect families targeted for PEF
support?        
Are you, as school leader, aware of the
messaging which goes out in all
channels?  For example – messages on
Parent Pay?           
55

Page 56

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
19 
Fundraising
Many schools think that they are no longer allowed to fund raise.  This is not the
case.  What is important, however, is to consider the ways in which you fundraise.  It
is important that you are not asking for money from the very families you are trying to
help.  In this section please consider what you want your school policy to be on
fundraising: 
FUNDRAISING
Question R A G Action
Do you have a fundraising committee/group?        
Does your group make use of
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/find-funding to
actively and regularly look for grants?        
Do you share information on grants in your
learning community?        
Do you take part in community events to
fundraise such as bag packing, singing in the
local shopping centre etc?        
Do you avoid fundraising with pupil work e.g
Christmas Cards?  This can put a real
emotional toll on families.        
Do you feel you could reduce the amount of
charity donations you ask for?         
56

Page 57

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
20 
UNIFORM
Question R A G Action
Do you encourage non-badged items or do
you use words like ‘acceptable’.        
Does your website reflect your statements on
Uniform i.e do unbadged items have the same
prominence?        
Do you audit your entire uniform against the
clothing grant (£130 per year for primary
pupils and £150 for secondary)?        
Do you have a uniform bank?        
Is your uniform bank well used?  If not why
not?         
57

Page 58

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
21 
RESIDENTIAL TRIPS
Question R A G Action
Do you currently ‘shop around’ before
choosing a particular provider?        
Have you given thought to how you will pay
for a child/young person who cannot pay?        
Do you check what ‘kit’ a child/young person
will need before you book?        
Do you give discounts for large families?        
Do you work in Learning Communities to
share equipment e.g sleeping bags,
waterproofs?        
Do you consider different modes of transport
e.g public transport?        
Do you contact the parents of pupils who say
they don’t want to go to ensure that money
isn’t a factor?        
Have you considered going for less days as a
way to reduce costs while still having a
residential experience?         
58

Page 59

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
22 
School Lunches 
We all work better when we aren’t hungry and our body is fuelled.  South
Lanarkshire Council have an automated system for families to get free school meals
meaning that it is only cross-boundary children and young people who would need to
actually apply for this. 
Families who are not entitled to free school meals may still struggle to feed their
children so it is important that this is recognised and systems are in place to support
the children and young people who may be going hungry.  How does your school do
this?
SCHOOL LUNCHES
Question R A G Action
Do you monitor the packed lunch area to
ensure the children actually have food?        
Do you work with your Cook in Charge share
‘left overs’ from the school canteen?        
Do you know what your uptake of Free School
Meals is?        
Do you encourage children and young people
to take up their entitlement for free lunch?         
59

Page 60

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
23 
Fun Events
Fun is important!  Fun should also be free wherever possible and not all fun events need to
have additional expense.  Consider the fun events you have in school – can you describe
how you keep costs low (or non-existent)?
Non-Uniform days are particularly stressful for families on low incomes and it is important to
consider carefully your policy around these days.  The stress doesn’t just come from paying
£1 to wear their own clothes, it’s the pressure to wear the right clothes.   
FUN EVENTS 
Question R A G Action
Do you encourage recycling of Christmas
Jumpers and Hallowe’en costumes?          
Do you have activities that don’t cost money
at Christmas or Summer Fayres?          
Can you avoid having ‘pay at the door’ to
allow families to experience the event without
having to pay to be there?    
Prom Questions
Do you know how much your Prom costs
each pupil?    
Have you encouraged your PTA or Parent
Council to reduce the cost of Prom?    
Have you tried to use the talents within your
school community to reduce costs of hair,
make-up, photography etc for the Prom?    
Do you have second-hand clothes available
for Prom (suits as well as dresses)?    
So you have any other innovative ways to
reduce the costs associated with Prom?     
60

Page 61

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
24 
Appendix 7 – Exemplar of CoSD Policy
Any-School Primary Cost of the School/Nursery Day Policy
Rationale
The impact that poverty makes on a child/young person’s education is well documented. 
Living in poverty is hard and can affect all aspects of a child or young person’s wellbeing,
achievement, and attainment.  While our school cannot change the financial situation
anyone finds themselves in, we can ensure that what happens in our school doesn’t
negatively affect the pockets of our families.  
Aims
In Any-School Primary we aim to ensure that all of our pupils have the same opportunities
and expectations in life.  Money should pay no part in how any of our children/young people
achieve and experience their education.  We aim to pay close attention to the Cost of the
School Day.  We will be clear with our parents and carers about any possible financial cost
which may come up in the course of the school year and ensure that anyone who cannot
afford a particular cost e.g for a residential trip, will have our full support in ensuring their
child can still take part, regardless of cost.  No child/young person will miss out on any
aspect of their school life because of a lack of money.
Awareness and Empathy
At Any-School Primary we ensure all our staff are Poverty Aware.  All staff will take part in
training on this subject either in person through the CQIS  and/or online through the NHS
Child Poverty Learning Hub .  All staff will receive an annual update on Cost of the School
Day each August from August 2024.
Any-School Primary keeps track of all money requested and ensure that no parent or child is
made to feel embarrassment or shame if they cannot afford to contribute to any event.  This
will never exclude them from participating.  We will aim to reduce the amount of the school
day each year.
At the start of each year our school will issue a Cost of the School Year plan to our parents
so that they can see immediately when there will be events which may have a cost.  This will
allow families to budget if they are able, or to contact the school if they require assistance.
Families will never need to prove their financial circumstances before help is given.  Our staff
always keep at the front of their minds that we are here to help the children in our care. 
61

Page 62

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
25 
If any parent/carer requires help in paying for anything in school they can contact any
member of the Management Team or Mr. Bank who is our Cost of the School Day Lead.
Support for Families
Any-School Primary website has details of agencies who may be able to help families
struggling with finances e.g Money Matters.  We also signpost using the resource Money Is
Not The Only Problem.
Any parent who needs support to pay for any trip or extra curricular experience should
contact Mr. Bank who will deal with them with complete confidentiality and compassion. 
While our school is not responsible for all aspects of a families life, we will try to help out
when we can.  If anyone is struggling we would always encourage them to speak to us so
that we can try and point them in the right direction for the most appropriate help.  If you
family is under stress this will be affecting how your child is managing at school so it is
important that we can work together.
Communication with Families
We try very hard to be non-stigmatising in all our communications and do not presume that
we know all the families who may be in need of help.  We would encourage anyone to
contact us in person, through email or telephone if they need help or advice on any matter.
We try and ensure that all messages are appropriate whether on our website, app, Parent
Pay or email.  If anyone finds any of our messaging offensive, they should contact us
immediately.  We would never deliberately upset any member of our school community.
Fundraising
Our Cost of the School Day/Participatory Budget Group, led by Mr. Banks works with our
PTA to ensure that we do not have too many events that cost our families money.  For
school discos or fun events where there may be a cost, this will be collected in a ‘chuck it in
the bucket’ manner so that any child who may not have enough money is not shamed by
having to say they can’t pay.
We will only have one non-uniform day in any school year as we recognise this can be
difficult for some children or young people who may feel under pressure to wear ‘trendy’
clothes.  Again, any money collected will not be done by targeting individuals.
We do not fundraise by selling your child’s work as we recognise the pressure this can place
on parents.  
62

Page 63

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
26 
We will try and access grants from charities and commercial organisations rather asking
parents for funds.  If any parent works for an organisation who offers grants we are grateful
when they let us know and we welcome any parent who is willing to help complete bids.
The Cost of the School Day
Uniform
Our school uniform consists of black trousers or skirts and a red sweatshirt/jumper with a
white shirt or polo shirt.  We do not have a separate gym kit but note that football
strips/colours are not acceptable in any South Lanarkshire school.
We have good quality second-hand uniforms available and would encourage all families to
make use of these to ensure we are recycling as much as possible.  If any child has grown
out of their uniform while it is still in good condition, we would be very grateful for the
donation.
Travelling to school
Some of our children are brought to school by bus.  Because of this we try to ensure that
some extra-curricular clubs take place at lunchtime.
Breakfast Club
Our Breakfast Club takes place in the school dinner hall and is open from 8.30am until 9am
and is free for all.
Learning at School
While we recognise that some children are given pencil cases as gifts and enjoy bringing
them to class, our children are not encouraged to bring their own stationery to school as
everything is provided and all the children are therefore the same.
Friendships and attitudes to poverty
We take part in Challenge Poverty Week each year.  This gives us the opportunity to talk
about poverty and the impact it can have on families.  We are aware of the fact that poverty
can form a basis of bullying and our staff are vigilant to this and treat all bullying in the same
manner as outlined in our Anti Bullying Policy.
Break time
During break we have a Snack Shack available where any child who has forgotten to bring a
snack with them can help themselves to a piece of fruit.
63

Page 64

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
27 
School trips
Any trip that takes place during the school day and is linked to the curriculum will not have
any charge.
We may occasionally ask for a donation to help with the cost of transport for a whole school
trip e.g to the Pantomime but this will be done through Parent Pay and no child will miss out
because a donation has not been given.
For the senior Residential trip we will always give enough notice to ensure that
parents/carers can ‘pay up’ small amounts of money each month.  For families where this
would be difficult, we will find another way for the child to go on the trip.  No child will miss
out on the Residential Experience because of money.
We are aware that there can be ‘hidden costs’ to trips and work hard to avoid these
wherever possible.
Trips during the school day will normally involve children wearing their school uniform and
there should not be a visit to any shop.
For residential trips we will have a second hand ‘swap shop’ in the months leading up to the
trip to ensure that clothing is not a barrier to participation.
At Any-School Primary School we will always ‘shop around’ before booking any school trip to
ensure we get good value for money.
School Lunches
We all work better when we aren’t hungry and our body is fuelled.  South Lanarkshire
Council have an automated system for families to get free school meals meaning that it is
only children and young people who live in another Authority who would need to actually
apply for this.
We are aware, however, that there are still families struggling who may not qualify for free
school meals and we encourage families to speak to us if they are struggling to provide a
lunch.  We will never see a child go hungry.
As with all South Lanarkshire primary schools, our Cook in Charge shares any food that has
not been used.  Any left over fruit will be used either at lunchtime or collected by the school
to use for snacks. 
64

Page 65

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
28 
Fun Events
At Any-School Primary we believe fun should be free wherever possible and not all fun
events need to have additional expense.  We want to make sure our children don’t miss out
on fun things so we still take part in special events.  Each year we will take part in World
Book Day but this will not involve dressing up since fancy clothes have nothing to do with
reading.  We will celebrate the joy of books by having fun reading activities instead.
Each year we will have a Halloween Disco but during the week before Halloween we will
encourage our families to hand in old costumes that no longer fit and allow our children to
swap for a different costume.  We are also supported by our local supermarket who often
donate Halloween stock.
For Christmas Jumper Day we do not take part in the charity fundraising but we do have fun
in our seasonal jumpers.  Again, we will have a ‘swap shop’ to allow parents to recycle
jumpers that no longer fit.
School Clubs
None of our after-school or lunch time clubs cost.
Learning at Home
We will never give homework that requires our families to use additional resources.  We use
Google Classroom most days and for families who do not have a computer/laptop, one can
be borrowed from the school.  If any family has difficulty due to lack of Internet access, they
can come to the school between 3pm and 4pm to use the school computers, as long as a
parent is there to supervise.  We also run a Homework Club at lunch time on a Thursday for
any child who needs to use the school computers to complete homework.
Conclusion
We believe all of our children should have the same experiences at school and are
determined to make this a reality.  Money will never be the reason a child does not achieve
or experience all the benefits of their time at Any-School Primary.  Partnership between
home and school and the relationships we build together are vital for everyone and we
believe that when we have open and honest communication everyone succeeds. 
65

Page 66

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
29 
Reducing Cost of the School Day and tackling Child Poverty is a top priority within South Lanarkshire Council. The importance of this is highlighted in the Education Resources plan and Local Child Poverty
Action Plan. Across Scotland almost 1 in 4 children and young people are living in poverty, most of whom are in a family with at least one working parent. We understand that living in poverty is hard and can
affect all aspects of a child or young person’s wellbeing, achievement, and attainment.  While our school cannot change the financial situation anyone finds themselves in, we can ensure that what happens in
our school doesn’t negatively affect the pockets of our families.   
Our school
In Any-School we want all of our pupils to have the same opportunities and expectations in life.  Money should pay no part in how any of our children/young people achieve and experience their education. 
We pay close attention to the Cost of the School Day.  We will be clear with our parents and carers about any possible financial cost which may come up and ensure that anyone who cannot afford a particular
cost e.g for a residential trip, will have our full support in ensuring their child can still take part, regardless of cost.  No child/young person will miss out on any aspect of their school life because of a lack of
money. 
Awareness and Empathy
At Any-School we ensure all our staff are Poverty Aware.  All staff take part in training on this subject either in person through the CQIS  and/or online through the NHS Child Poverty Learning Hub .  All staff
will receive an annual update on Cost of the School Day each August from August 2024.
Any-School keeps track of all money requested and ensure that no parent or child is made to feel embarrassment or shame if they cannot afford to contribute to any event.  This will never exclude them from
participating.  We will aim to reduce the amount of the school day each year.
At the start of each year our school will issue a Cost of the School Year plan to our parents so that they can see immediately when there will be events which may have a cost.  This will allow families to
budget if they are able, or to contact the school if they require assistance.
Families will never need to prove their financial circumstances before help is given.  Our staff always keep at the front of their minds that we are here to help the children in our care.
If any parent/carer requires help in paying for anything in school they can contact any member of the Management Team or Mr. Bank who is our Cost of the School Day Lead. 
Support for Families
Any-School website has details of agencies who may be able to help families struggling with finances e.g Money Matters.  We also signpost using the resource Money Is Not The Only Problem.
Any parent who needs support to pay for any trip or extra curricular experience should contact Mr. Bank who will deal with them with complete confidentiality and compassion. 
If anyone is struggling we would always encourage them to speak to us so that we can try and point them in the right direction for the most appropriate help.  If your family is under stress this will be affecting
how your child is managing at school so it is important that we can work together. 
Fundraising
Our Cost of the School Day/Participatory Budget Group, led by Mr. Banks works with our PTA to ensure that we do not have too many events that cost our families money.  For school discos or fun events
where there may be a cost, this will be collected in a ‘chuck it in the bucket’ manner so that any child who may not have enough money is not shamed by having to say they can’t pay.  We will never collect
money from individual pupils.
We will only have one non-uniform day in any school year as we recognise this can be difficult for some children or young people who may feel under pressure to wear ‘trendy’ clothes.  Again, any money
collected will not be done by targeting individuals.
We do not fundraise by selling your child’s work as we recognise the pressure this can place on parents.  
We will try to access grants from charities and commercial organisations rather asking parents for funds.  If any parent works for an organisation who offers grants we are grateful when they let us know and
we welcome any parent who is willing to help complete bids. 
Appendix 8  COST OF THE SCHOOL DAY POLICY
66

Page 67

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
30 
Uniform 
Our school uniform consists of black trousers
or skirts and a red sweatshirt/jumper with a
white shirt or polo shirt.  We do not have a
separate gym kit but note that football
strips/colours are not acceptable in any South
Lanarkshire school.
We have good quality second-hand uniforms
available and would encourage all families to
make use of these to ensure we are recycling
as much as possible.  If any child has grown
out of their uniform while it is still in good
condition, we would be very grateful for the
donation. 
Travelling 
The majority of our children travel to school by
car because of this we try to have some extra
curricular clubs at lunchtime, 
We actively encourage walking, cycling or
‘parking and striding’ to school in order to
minimise congestion. This also promotes
healthy living. 
Children and families are encouraged to apply
for the Under 22 free bus travel -
https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/nec/ 
Learning 
Children at our school do not
need to pay for any core
learning activity. Stationery
is provided and young
people do not need to bring
their own equipment.
Children have access to all
required resources and
equipment when at school.. 
Friendships 
As a nurturing school, all of our children are
included and our ‘Vision, Values and Aims’
promotes a very positive message where we
all must work together to ensure everyone
feels happy, healthy and nurtured within our
school. 
We ensure that any pupil experiencing
poverty-related bullying has a way of
reporting this in confidence.  Pupils will be
encouraged to share any concerns during our
daily nurture and Health and Wellbeing
activities. We teach young people about
poverty related issues as part of our HWB
programme. We take part in Challenge
Poverty Week each year to help share the
message. 
School Trips 
Any trip that takes place during the school day and is linked to the
curriculum will not have any charge.
We may occasionally ask for a donation to help with the cost of
transport for a whole school trip e.g to the Pantomime but this will be
done through Parent Pay and no child will miss out because a
donation has not been given.
For the senior Residential trip we will always give enough notice to
ensure that parents/carers can ‘pay up’ small amounts of money
each month.  For families where this would be difficult, we will find
another way for the child to go on the trip.  No child will miss out on
the Residential Experience because of money.
We are aware that there can be ‘hidden costs’ to trips and work hard
to avoid these wherever possible.
Trips during the school day will normally involve children wearing
their school uniform and there should not be a visit to any shop.
For residential trips we will have a second hand ‘swap shop’ in the
months leading up to the trip to ensure that clothing is not a barrier
to participation.
At Any-School we will always ‘shop around’ before booking any
school trip to ensure we get good value for money. 
Eating
We all work better when we aren’t hungry, and our body is
fuelled.  South Lanarkshire Council have an automated
system for families to get free school meals meaning that it
is only children and young people who live in another
Authority who would need to actually apply for this.
We are aware, however, that there are still families struggling
who may not qualify for free school meals and we encourage
families to speak to us if they are struggling to provide a
lunch.  We will never see a child go hungry.
As with all South Lanarkshire primary schools, our Cook in
Charge shares any food that has not been used.  Any left
over fruit will be used either at lunchtime or collected by the
school to use for snacks. 
the local foodbank at St. Anthony’s Church and families are able to seek support
without a referral. 
Fun Events
At Any-School we believe fun should be free
wherever possible and not all fun events need
to have additional expense.  We want to make
sure our children don’t miss out on fun things
so we still take part in special events.  Each
year we will take part in World Book Day but
this will not involve dressing up since fancy
clothes have nothing to do with reading.  We
will celebrate the joy of books by having fun
reading activities instead.
Each year we will have a Halloween Disco but
during the week before Halloween we will
encourage our families to hand in old
costumes that no longer fit and allow our
children to swap for a different costume.  We
are also supported by our local supermarket
who often donate Halloween stock.
For Christmas Jumper Day we do not take part
in the charity fundraising but we do have fun in
our seasonal jumpers.  Again, we will have a
‘swap shop’ to allow parents to recycle
jumpers that no longer fit. 
Learning at Home
We will never give homework that requires our families to
spend money.  We use Google Classroom most days and for
families who do not have a computer/laptop, one can be
borrowed from the school.  If any family has difficulty due to
lack of Internet access, they can come to the school between
3pm and 4pm to use the school computers, as long as a
parent is there to supervise.  We also run a Homework Club
at lunch time on a Thursday for any child who needs to use
the school computers to complete homework.  67

Page 68

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
31 
Appendix 9 
68

Page 69

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
32 
69

Page 70

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
33 
70

Page 71

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
34 
71

Page 72

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
35 
72

Page 73

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
36 
73

Page 74

South Lanarkshire Cost of The School Day Guidance 
37 
74

Page 75

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Executive Director (Education Resources)  
Subject: Education Digital Futures; ICT Supply and Support
from October 2025 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 provide an update on ICT Supply and Support following the end of the current
ICT Managed Service Contract with RM Education, known as ‘Education Digital
Futures’ 
2. Recommendations
2.1. The Education Resources Committee is asked to approve the following
recommendations:- 
(1) that it be noted that digital learning and inclusion is a priority for schools and
services to deliver the curriculum, develop young people’s skills and improve
the outcomes for learners;  
(2) that the council’s commitment to provide schools and services with a
Managed Service model and the benefits which have accrued from this
investment by the council, as highlighted in paragraphs 4 and 5, be noted;
(3) that the steps being taken to proceed with the procurement of a managed
service for the provision of digital services and ICT supply for schools and
services from October 2025, following the end of the current Managed Service
Contract with RM Education on 30 September 2025, be noted; and
(4) that the risk factors in paragraph 3.8 and the mitigation in paragraph 3.9 along
with the budget that has been set and the potential implications for the service
and for the procurement process are noted. 
3. Background
3.1. The Council awarded a 7-year contract to RM Education for an ICT Managed
Service for Education and SLLC (South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture SCIO)
which commenced on 1 October 2013, and which was subsequently extended for 5
years until 30 September 2025. The value of this extension is £27.2m. 
3.2. The Council has previously engaged with RM to provide ICT services in 1998 (ICT
provision for Secondary schools), 2000 (WAN), 2003 (ICT Managed Service contract
for all Education establishments, public libraries and LAACs (Looked After and
Accommodated Childrens units) which was extended from 2010 to 2013). Each
contract was awarded through OJEU (Official Journal of European Union)
procurement exercises. 
7
75

Page 76

3.3. RM has proven to be a highly performant and responsive supplier who has worked in
true partnership with the Council to deliver a service which is widely appreciated with
high rates of user satisfaction and solutions which are actively transforming learning
and teaching. 
3.4. Supply and support for Education ICT has never been delivered by an in-house team
in SLC. 
3.5. A Project Board has been established to consider the provision of digital services for
Education from October 2025, noting the time required for procurement and for
transition arrangements should a new provider be awarded the contract. 
3.6. Following consultation with stakeholders, an options appraisal was undertaken which
considered a range of delivery models and the implications of the available budget
on the level of provision for schools and on the approach to procurement. 
3.7. Having considered the merits and demerits of the options, it was agreed that:- 
 the Council would proceed with the procurement of a managed service for the
provision of digital services for education from October 2025
 the contract would be for an initial period of 7 years
 the core revenue budget provided would be around the same as was provided
for the current contract extension period, however capital funding is subject to
capital budget approvals and may reduce given overall Council grant levels. 
Additional one-off funding provided for the current extension period would also
not be replaced and therefore the overall contract value will be reduced.  
 given the financial pressures, an alternative procurement method be employed
to allow for negotiation with applicants, acknowledging that it is unlikely that the
new contract will be able to match the provisions of the existing contract 
3.8. Given the limited budget and the hard deadline for the end of the current contract,
there is a risk that there will not be a contract in place for 1 October 2025 either by
failing to secure a bid that will meet service/budget requirements or by failing to have
sufficient time/resource to allow for transition to a new contract.   
3.9. To mitigate the financial risk, the Council’s external Legal Advisors provided advice
on the procurement options and recommended the Council consider the Competitive
Procedure with Negotiation (CPN), rather than an Open or Restricted Procurement,
as the preferred route to market.  The procurement exercise is now underway on that
basis and a further report will be provided to update Committee on the outcome. 
3.10. It is noted that CPN will result in a lengthened tender process, which is a risk in itself
in terms of allowing sufficient time for contract exit and transition.  However, the
ability to negotiate with bidders was deemed a significant benefit, reducing the risk of
failing to secure an acceptable bid. 
4. The Current Role of Digital in Education
4.1. The focus of the SLC Education ICT Managed Service has been to enhance learning
and teaching and to support the efficient use of teacher time in schools in areas such
as reporting to parents. While this continues to be a priority, the role and requirement
for digital devices, infrastructure and services has changed significantly as it has in
all aspects of people’s lives, including the workplace.
76

Page 77

Digital technologies form an integral element of:- 
 the infrastructure for learning
 communication and engagement with partners and stakeholders including
parents/carers
 the secure management of data and information
 supporting school improvement
 inclusion and accessibility
 an increasing element of curricular courses and programmes
 support for digital assessment
 providing solutions and support through Google classrooms and online
platforms 
4.2. As a result, the requirement to have the right digital tools in sufficient numbers and
appropriately supported has grown.  This has been further accelerated by the
requirements for remote learning, remote access to resources and for remote live
teaching, particularly within the digital inclusion agenda. 
4.3. The national focus on raising attainment and closing the gap has resulted in an
increasing requirement for and reliance upon digital technologies to transform and
enhance learning and teaching across all sectors and to support schools in their
ambitions to improve the learning experience and outcomes for every child. 
4.4. An increasing number of NQ Courses include a mandatory IT element. 
4.5. The impact of digital technologies is an important element of HMIE inspections.  The
digital offer in SLC schools supports the positive inspections our schools have
achieved. Appendix 1 (a,b,c) includes extracts from recent HMIe reports, Digital
Schools Awards and good practice examples. 
4.6.  There is growing momentum for digital assessments and the demand for Additional
Assessment Arrangements for pupils sitting SQA examinations is growing year by
year.  Innovative, inclusive solutions are evolving to allow pupils independent access
to digital tools in the classroom and for assessment.  For example, digital readers
and speech to text functionality have proved an effective and affordable alternative to
providing support assistants and teachers to act as reader/scribes.   
4.7. Nationally, 33% of all pupils had additional support needs recorded in 2021 and
digital solutions help to bridge the accessibility gap and allow for independent
working. 
5. Provisions in the Existing Managed Service Contract
5.1.  The current contract delivers:- 
 a fully managed ICT platform/service for all SLC schools and nurseries, Youth
Learning establishments, plus SLLC public libraries, LAAC units and Older
Peoples’ Homes
 network connectivity and infrastructure, Wide Area Networks, local and wireless
networks
 servers, cloud hosting, network filtering, web space and a full range of security
services to over 200 establishments
 a core provision of desk top stations, mobile devices
 core software including Microsoft licensing
 training
77

Page 78

 whole class teaching screens 
There are around 25,000 devices on the service and over 50,000 service users. 
5.2. This managed service provision has also successfully enabled delivery of all ICT
solutions for the Schools Modernisation programme. 
5.3.  Monitoring arrangements are in place which demonstrate strong performance in
terms of customer feedback and service level agreements. 
5.4. Detailed stakeholder engagement has been carried out and Appendix 2 provides a
summary of responses:- 
 Stakeholder satisfaction is high
 Users have access to a robust, performant and modern range of digital tools
which meet their evolving needs
 There is strong evidence of digital tools having a direct impact on learning,
outcomes and engagement 
As a result, Education Resources, together with the SLLC and Social Work
establishments which are included in this Managed Service Contract, are in a
position of strength. 
6.  Project Governance
6.1. This project is on the IT Service Plan for Education Resources.   
6.2. A Project Review Board and Project Steering Group have been established along
with several working groups, as shown in Appendix 3. 
6.3. A Scrutiny Board has been convened to oversee the procurement exercise. 
7. Financial Implications 
7.1. The financial commitment is being explored to quantify deliverables given the
currently available budget of £4.388m per year, subject to approval for the capital
element. 
Annual
Budget
£m
Contribution from capital * 1.600  
Contribution from Education Revenue  2.665  
Contribution from Social Work 0.035
Contribution from Leisure  0.088  
Total recurring Funding  4.388  
5 years * 21.940
7 years * 30.716 
* £.1.6m is confirmed for 24/25, Figures beyond this date are not yet confirmed.  5 and 7 year funding levels are
based on 2024/25 level continuing   
78

Page 79

The procurement exercise will be subject to review by the Council’s Procured Spend
Review Group to ensure efficiencies are identified. 
7.2. The Council’s external Legal Advisors were initially required to develop the Contract,
due to resource shortages within the internal Legal team. They will also be required
to support the Competitive Procedure with Negotiation process due to its specialised
nature. It should be noted that this will result in additional cost which will be
monitored by the internal Legal team. 
8. Employee Implications
8.1. Significant resources from Education Resources and Finance and Corporate
Resources (IT Services, Legal Services, Procurement Services, Finance Services)
are required at all stages of this project. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. There are no significant implications for climate change, sustainability and the
environment arising from the recommendations in this report. 
10. Other Implications
10.1. A Project Board has been established to consider the provision of digital services for
Education from October 2025, noting the time required for procurement and for
transition arrangements should a new provider be awarded the contract. 
10.2 The risk factors associated with this procurement process are highlighted in
paragraph 3.8 with mitigations highlighted in paragraph 3.9. 
11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
11.2 Consultation, dialogue and engagement has taken place with legal services, the
procurement service, the Project Board, the Corporate Management Team, Finance
and IT services, schools, headteachers and other services to look at the options,
budget and the steps to be taken to secure a new managed contract. 
Carole McKenzie
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
13 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Education and learning: Inspiring learners, transforming learners and strengthening
partnerships 
Previous References
 Executive Committee Report - 13 February 2013 
List of Background Papers
 None
79

Page 80

Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact: - Stewart Nicolson, Head of Education
Ext: 4475  (Tel: 01698 454475)
E-mail:  stewartnicolson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
80

Page 81

Appendix 1 
2020-22 Education Scotland Inspection Report (extracts from South Lanarkshire
schools and nurseries) 
Source: https://education.gov.scot/education-scotland/inspection-reports 
Coulter Primary School
Teachers use technology very well to enrich learning experiences. Children record their learning using digital
cameras and access a range of interactive tasks using virtual learning platforms. Recently, children created
podcasts for the local community to showcase their learning. Children’s digital literacy skills are developing
well because of this approach. 
Children have daily and weekly check-ins using digital platforms. This helps manage their emotions and
regulate their behaviours successfully. Staff use this information effectively to monitor children’s wellbeing and
respond quickly and sensitively to any worries and concerns. 
Milton Primary School
The school has recently been awarded the ‘Digital Schools Award Scotland’. This is in recognition of the
effective approaches teachers take to integrating digital technologies in learning and teaching. The
headteacher highlights the hard work and commitment of all staff to improving their digital skills during the
pandemic. Commendably, all staff continue to build on these skills to enhance the quality of learning and
teaching. 
Loch Primary
Practitioners made effective use of digital technologies to support continuity of learning well during the
pandemic. Parents received support and information through the school app. Practitioners shared ideas for
parents to play and learn with their child at home. 
St Cadoc’s Primary
Teachers make good use of the school campus to deliver learning which is interesting and motivating. This
includes making good use of open spaces and digital resources to capture children’s interest. This results in
children being eager to learn and engaging well in their learning in most lessons. 
St Mark’s Rutherglen
Following successes in remote learning and teaching, groups of staff now collaborate to develop the
technologies curriculum across all stages. During periods of remote learning, members of the senior
leadership team and class teachers regularly communicated with parents. This helped sustain engagement in
learning for all children. As a result, staff have improved relationships with parents and engage them more
effectively in their child’s learning and progress during this challenging time. 
Hareleeshill Primary and Nursery Class
Children benefit from using digital technology, visual prompts and signing to support their communication.
Digital technology is a positive feature of almost all classes. Most teachers use this successfully to enhance
learning and teaching and support learners to evidence their learning. In addition, teachers use technology
well to reduce communication barriers and reflect better children’s prior learning and successes in learning.
Children can create and record imaginative stories very well using digital media. This creative approach has
removed barriers to communicating their ideas. They are proud of their stories and are excited to share them.
The use of digital media allows the children to return to their story and quickly see it as a moving image. 
Larkhall Academy
The school has a clear strategy in place to make better use of digital technology. The widespread and
considered use of a virtual learning environment has encouraged improvements in approaches to revision,
learning and homework. Staff and learners have used software well to promote motivation and inclusion. By
helpful use of a video-sharing platform, voice recognition and text technology, young people show a greater
level of engagement and are encouraged to research and submit work more readily. In more than a few
classes, learners are benefiting from the use of this digital technology that is enhancing learning. 
81

Page 82

Appendix 1b 
Summary Comments of Digital Schools Awards 
Milton Primary – May 2022
The emphasis on developing self-aware and responsible digital citizens was apparent from discussions with
staff and pupils. Teachers clearly feel empowered to innovate and share how they use software and hardware
to support learning and teaching. Differentiation is used to ensure that all learners are challenged and
enthused. Those with high motivation and attainment were able to show how ICT supported and enhanced
their learning. It should also be noted that the school ensures equitable approaches to digital technologies to
meet the needs of all pupils.
The variety of technologies and software used effectively by the school helps to ensure that every pupil has an
opportunity to become a confident individual. Furthermore, during my discussions with staff it was apparent
that they saw digital technologies as embedded in the curriculum and they used it effectively to enhance the
learning experiences of all pupils. 
Calderglen High School – December 2022
Tracking engagement through Google Classroom allowed for early interventions. In addition, the use of
Google Classroom for homework assignment, tracking through the platform to directed study or revision,
allowed for bespoke provision to be provided, Google Classroom and other digital supports such as virtual
jotters and audio feedback to support individuals and groups of learners, led to increased feedback by
teachers digitally, verbally and written and was recognised in surveys as being highly effective.
School staff are given the opportunity to engage in professional development programmes to enhance
learning and teaching through the use of ICT/digital technology. The school evaluates the impact that its CPD
provision in digital technology has on teacher confidence and makes changes to it accordingly. A Sway has
been created to support staff employee review and development. The school encourages teachers to be
innovative and self-directed and to  share  ideas  within  and  beyond  the  school,  and  teachers  routinely 
explore  new  digital  technologies and have the confidence to take the lead in digital initiatives. 
Cathkin High School - December 2022
Faculty staff seek out and employ appropriate resources to diminish potential disadvantage. School leaders
were keen to point out that the school has yet more to achieve in their digital journey but are highly
enthusiastic  and  rightly  proud  of  progress  to  date.  Participants took time to  cite  the  contributions  of 
colleagues  rather  than  themselves,  indicating  the  level  of  collaborative  working  in  digital  technologies. 
There was a  shared  drive  for  growth  in  digital  skills  and  recognition  of  the  value  of  peer  tuition  and 
support.  Staff who lack confidence have ongoing, discreet, drop in CLPL opportunities so that the vision
becomes attainable for all.  This sensitive approach  has  enabled  colleagues  to  overcome  difficulties, 
increase  skills  and  explore  potential  new  avenues  in  curriculum  delivery.  This is how  a  school  vision 
for  pedagogically  based  digital  technologies becomes a reality. 
Digital technologies are embraced  by  the  school  community,  with  enthusiastic  engagement  throughout. 
The school digital  culture  is  very  strong  and  digital  skills  are  applied  appropriately. 
Underbank Primary – June 2022
There is a strong  sense  of  equity  through  the  deployment  of  both  devices  and  access  to  appropriate 
accessibility  applications.  Pupils are provided with  the  tools  they  need  to  be  successful  digital  citizens. 
The journey into inclusive technology is relevantly new within the school but already staff and leaners are
reaping the benefits. The technology being used is a tool to help unlock so much potential within a number of
pupils for whom traditional teaching methods are often producing limited results.  It was a joy to hear  the 
enthusiasm  from  the  learners  who  have  experienced  these  benefits  already.  Differentiation is used to 
ensure all  learners  are challenged and those pupils who are highly motivated by technology are encouraged
to use their skill set in a variety of creative ways. 
Digital technologies were a big area of focus when the school moved to their new building. The infrastructure
was planned in such  a  way  that  allowed  for  a  complete  modernisation  in  the  way  devices  were  used. 
Wifi is available in  the  outside  courtyard  area  of  the  playground  which  has  enabled  the  school  to 
really  embed  their  use of technology in their outdoor learning curriculum. The opportunities this has lent to
the staff and pupils to creatively engage new ways of learning  were  clear  to  see.  Pupils spoke
enthusiastically about the various projects they have been part of such as their award winning anti-bullying
video.
Underbank Primary clearly demonstrates that it has a strong digital presence throughout the school. Staff and
pupils have grown  in  confidence  with  the  digital  technologies  available  to  them  and  key  staff  and  the 
pupil  Digital  Leaders,  ensure  that  the  school  keeps  up  to  date  with  new  developments  and  lead 
change.  In discussions with staff, it was clear that a well formulated digital culture has been embedded in the
curriculum. Pupils spoke enthusiastically about  tasks  that  they  had/were  undertaking  using  digital 
technologies  and  how  they felt that it had enhanced their learning. 
Coalburn Primary June 2021
82

Page 83

All classes are mature digital learning environments with a range of fixed and mobile devices readily available
to learners. These devices are used extensively and result in creative, media rich outcomes. Coalburn PS has
made good use of existing stock and has continued to invest in additional devices to support digital
technologies across the curriculum. Formerly timetabled, resources now are widely deployed across the
classes, and some have been given to disadvantaged families to ensure ease of accessibility, especially
during periods of lockdown. A mix of cloud and network facilities are used to record, store and share learning.
A range of digital tools are used to support learners with  many  applied  to  assess  progress.  Diagnostic
features of  software is used to complement teacher judgement and inform next steps in learning. 
Duncanrig Secondary – April 2021
The school is well resourced, and the school's infrastructure can support the full range of activities happening
in classes.  There is a  range  of  programs  in  use,  and  pupils  are  given  opportunities  to  learn  skills  and 
apply  these  across  the  curriculum.  School staff and pupils are making highly effective use of the
productivity tools available to them.  The school is a  strong  and  innovative  user  of  all  tools  in  the  Google 
Ecosystem.  Microsoft 365 tools are also used. Learning skills across platforms widened the pupils' knowledge
of software capabilities and enabled pupils to select the most appropriate tool for the task at hand.
Teachers who were unable to speak with me on the day of my visit recorded videos to give me a flavour of
their creative use of digital technology, and I was in awe of the range of digital tools they were using in the
most creative ways. 
Appendix 1c 
Current Initiatives Showcasing ICT 
➢ Video conferencing solution to deliver Consortium arrangements, with the objective of delivering high
quality lessons to provide individualised and personalised learner pathways and widen access of
opportunity to high quality learning and teaching to all learners, regardless of the school attended.
This relies not only on robust technology, but digital skills and expertise of staff and pupils. This opens
up opportunities to pupils which would not otherwise be available.
➢ The ability across all schools to book and host parents’ evenings online.
➢ Vast numbers of Google Classroom users (30k users weekly), where lessons and materials can be
posted online for completion, and teachers can deliver remote support for example for exam
preparation and study schools.
➢ Robust and growing network of Google certified trainers, which promotes the sharing of skills and use
of modern, innovative and free classroom tools. 
➢ Rural schools collaboration, sharing of pedagogy and a shared digital strategy to support small and
remote schools and allow pupils to socialise and collaborate on shared work. This is particularly
beneficial for pupils in very small schools to grow their social network, work on projects with pupils in
other schools, benefit from expertise of teachers in another school, and can smooth transition to high
school.
➢ Digital ambassadors where pupils provide and lead on digital support and grow their own expertise
and a range of other organisational, social and technical skills.
➢ Rollout and uptake of Texthelp accessibility tools, for pupils and staff, which allows for a real shift in
promotion of independent learning and dignity and builds transferrable skills which can move with the
pupil into the workplace. It also reduces the need for scribes at exam time and makes digital exam
papers a viable option.
➢ Migration of schools to a Microsoft cloud solution, which can be accessed remotely, and removes the
need for local server storage. This is a direct outcome of our learning from the pandemic and the real
need for teachers to have better and more robust access to tools and data. It also reflect the reality of
the desire universally to work more flexibly while maintaining security. 
83

Page 84

Appendix 2 
Consultation for Education Digital Futures 
As part of the options appraisal process, significant stakeholder consultation has been carried out with all
services in Education Resources (plus Social Work and SLLC) in a variety of ways, including a large face to
face gathering of key stakeholders, an online survey and short life working groups for each sector to gather
requirements. 
The importance of digital provision is very clearly highlighted in stakeholder statements:
➢ ‘ASN interventions are done daily on a range of hardware which make a direct impact on pupil
attainment’.
➢ ‘The technology has been transformative in so many. Attainment has risen across the board in
many areas and it has been used successfully for targeted interventions as well as for other
activities where the children have personalisation and choice’.
➢ ‘Technology has been used by our school to engage learners that have issues with attendance.
They are able to access materials at home and continue working towards qualifications. We have
had numerous pupils leave school with qualifications that they otherwise would not have achieved
without the use of digital technology’.
➢ ‘We believe that the provision and use of ICT is at the heart of teaching and learning – not using
computers to do the same things more efficiently but changing the process of learning through
digital media itself.  Access to ICT is as fundamental as access to a pencil and jotter’. 
Key elements from the stakeholder consultation process include:
➢ The current service provision is valued very highly across the board.
➢ Performance of the current supplier (RM) is also rated very highly, including technical staff,
project planning and performance, sales and account management. The fact that there is a single
point of contact/service desk is an invaluable element of the solution.
➢ Stakeholders note that they rely heavily on technical ICT components, that they have high
expectations of connectivity, security, filtering, device performance. Overall, they agree that the
ICT service provision is successful, in that it ‘just works’ and gives them time to teach.
➢ Reduction of supplier performance, or reduction of what stakeholders currently get in the way of
provision and response, would be unwelcome – there is nothing in the current service provision
that they do not need or want. In fact, demand continues to grow exponentially, for more and
varied devices, faster connectivity anytime, anywhere, and for access to a vast range of
resources and tools.
➢ Generally, demand for increased volumes of devices for both staff and pupils. 
➢ Review device replacement terms, try to retain devices for longer, longer support terms.
➢ Review range of devices, esp tablets for younger pupils
➢ Whole class teaching devices for all sectors – replace projectors, replace old smartboards and e-
beams, interactive screens for large numbers of classrooms.
➢ Role of ICT Coordinator and time commitment/expertise required.
➢ Connectivity, filtering, security and wifi vital. Infrastructure needs to support seamless usage and
there can be no degradation. Where there are issues around connectivity or coverage, these are
seriously service impacting.
➢ Investment in improving staff skills to make best use of the technology.
➢ There is nothing in the current provision that stands out as not being required or valued. There
are no major criticisms of how the contract is structured or what it delivers – issues raised are all
around scope and budget. 
➢ External wifi provision – particularly for Early Years. 
➢ Curricular software, subscriptions to services (eg Learning Journals, Tig Tag, Sumdog, IDL)
➢ Peripherals – speakers, DVD drives, Bluetooth mice,
➢ MDM for iPads – can this be delivered differently, and at lower/no cost
➢ Specialist ASN equipment
➢ Improve eco credentials
➢ Sharing learning with parents
➢ Bookable shared resources eg Virtual Reality
➢ The role of Glow – vital to continue! 
➢ Online access to Seemis/ ability to access from a range of devices 
84

Page 85

Appendix 3 
Project Governance 
Group Members
Project Review Board  Stewart Nicolson (project sponsor), Murray Husband, Fiona
Leggate, Karen MacLeod, Andy Smith, Joanne Sturgeon, Steve
Duffy, Isabelle Murray, Fiona Clelland, Elaine Fitzpatrick, Maria
Neil, Alan Russell, Carol Wright, Louise Harvey, David
Hinshelwood, Claire Rogers, Irene Peacock, Anne Walker
Project Steering Group  Colin MacLeod (chair), Karen MacLeod, Emma Dobinson, Mary
Hunter, Claire Reid, Frank Thomson, Mairead Maxwell, Claire
Docherty, John Rimmer, Lesley Marshall, Paul Telfer, Derek
Brown, Elspeth Blair, Jen Graham, Maureen Waddell, Lesley Yule.
Primary Working Gp Claire Reid, John Rimmer, Emma Dobinson, Jill Kennedy,
Deborah Lee-King, Yvonne McKegney, Robbie O’Neill, Annabel
Rodger, Frances Welsh, Karen MacLeod
Secondary Working Gp Colin MacLeod, Lesley Marshall, Barry Jack, Leesa McCabe,
Kevin Prentice, Anne Walker
ASN Working Gp Jennifer Graham, Elspeth Blair, Maria Neil, Paul Telfer, Julie
Brown, Gillian McCallion, Martin Dornan, Kat Morrison, Elaine
Simmons
Early Years Working Gp Mairead Maxwell, Stephen Mungall, Deborah Shaw, Tammy
Henderson, Martin Hughes, Claire McQuoney, David Cairns, Mary
Hunter
SLLC Mark Wakefield, Heather MacLean
Social Work  Angela Walker, Mary Tedford, Laura Arthur 
85

Page 86

86

Page 87

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Executive Director (Education Resources)  
Subject: Equity-Strategic Equity Fund (SEF) 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide an update on South Lanarkshire Council’s Strategic Equity Fund (SEF)
plan for 2022/23 
 provide an overview on South Lanarkshire Council’s Strategic Equity Fund plan
for 2023/24 and a more general update around work designed to close the
poverty related attainment gap
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the progress made during year, 2022/2023 on the use of the Strategic
Equity Fund to reduce the poverty related attainment gap be noted; and  
(2) that the plan outlined for year 2, 2023/2024, on the use of the Strategic Equity
Fund to enable schools and services to continue to take forward the challenge
of reducing the poverty related attainment gap experienced by some pupils, is
noted. 
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. It is an established fact that poverty has an impact on school attainment. The most
recent figure (June 2023) indicates that ‘just over 14,000, 23%, of children in South
Lanarkshire live in relative poverty once housing costs have been taken into account’.
Campaign to End Child Poverty/ End Child Poverty Coalition (ECPC). 
3.2. In South Lanarkshire Council Schools:-
 19.7% of learners live in SIMD1 or SIMD2 areas (2023/24)
 21.5% are Free School Meal entitled (based on P6-7 pupils for 2023/24) 
This compares nationally to:-
 22.7% of learners live in SIMD1 or SIMD2 areas (2022)
 21.4% are Free School Meal entitled (based on P6-7 pupils only - Healthy Living
Survey 2022) 
3.3. Education Resources is firmly committed to supporting young people overcome any
disadvantage which arises as a result of being born into poverty, not just in attainment,
but in their everyday lives. Education Resources recognise it is part of a much wider
Council ambition to help children and young people and their families. 
8
87

Page 88

3.4. The Scottish Attainment Challenge (SAC) was established in February 2015 by the
Scottish Government to promote equity in education through streams of additional
funding. SAC is an umbrella term used to describe the full allocation of monies
provided to schools and other agencies to help tackle the poverty related attainment
gap. The part of this funding model which directly supported local authorities was
reviewed during Session 2021/2022 and was re-launched on 30 March 2022 with a
new title of Strategic Equity Funding (SEF). It described the fund of £43 million to be
shared by all 32 local authorities to invest in approaches to achieving the mission of
the Scottish Attainment Challenge. 
3.5.  Funding from SEF is an addition to the overall Education Resources budget. However,
it can, and should not, be viewed in isolation from existing plans, policies and resource
allocations e.g. additional staffing through recovery monies. 
3.6.  This Committee paper refers to a more comprehensive document attached as
Appendix 1, South Lanarkshire Council’s Strategic Equity Fund 2023,which is a
comprehensive plan written by Education Resources to support the planning and
implementation of SEF. 
4. Funding Landscape Prior to April 2022
4.1. Prior to April 2022, there have been two funding streams pertinent to schools, one
being the Schools’ Programme (SAC) and the other being Pupil Equity Funding (PEF). 
In addition, some Local Authorities (but not South Lanarkshire Council) were deemed
“Challenge Authorities” and received central funding, more in line with the new policy.
A separate but related fund to support Care Experienced Young People was also
allocated to each local authority. 
4.2. Scottish Attainment Challenge (SAC)
20 South Lanarkshire Schools were directly supported by funding from the SAC
Schools’ Programme over a five-year period, up to and including session 2021/2022.
These schools made bids directly to the Scottish Government for a share of SAC
Programme funding.  In session 2021/2022, a total of £1,772,404 was allocated across
these 20 schools with an additional £179,725 allocated centrally to support the
programme. 
4.3. Pupil Equity Funding (PEF)
Since 2017, PEF funding has been a source of direct funding to almost all schools
across Scotland. Within South Lanarkshire Council, 99% of schools receive yearly
PEF allocations based on the percentage of children on their roll who are entitled to
Free School Meals. A small percentage of each school’s PEF allocation is allocated
using the principles and practices of Participatory Budgeting (PB).  There are no
changes to National Policy on the allocation and use of PEF monies. 
5. Funding Landscape Post April 2022
5.1.  The SAC Schools’ Programme ceased in April 2022 and was replaced by a new
funding model, known as the Strategic Equity Fund (SEF) which distributes SAC
funding across all local authorities in Scotland in line with Children in Low Income
Families data. This new approach was formally launched on the 30 March 2022 with
accompanying support materials for schools and local authorities. 
5.2. Each local authority was given details of the funding that would be allocated to them
for the next four years through a grant model. South Lanarkshire Council received
£1.47M central SEF funding for session 2022/2023.  This is the allocation for 2023/24
also, after which it increases by 26% in 2024/2025 with a further increase of 33% for
88

Page 89

2025/2026 taking the total funding for the year to £2,274,577.  Appendix 1, page 52
gives further details on the funding landscape for session 2023/2024. 
6. SEF Planning from April 2022
6.1. Given the information above on the national change to the funding landscape, there
was a requirement to carefully plan for, deliver, spend and report on our SEF allocation
from April 2022 and beyond. 
6.2. Working within our existing planning structures, Education Resources needed to take
a more centralised approach and extend the reach and impact of the available monies
through judiciously planned projects, funded by SEF.  The overall aim was to make
the biggest difference to our children and young people who are most disadvantaged
by poverty. In doing so, new National Guidelines on the parameters set around SEF
have been referenced and followed, details provided in link below: 
Strategic Equity Fund -National Operational Guidance 2023 
7. Project planning 
7.1. A full Strategic Equity Fund Plan was written for 2022/2023 which aligned with the
Scottish Government guidance. The plan was centred around 5 key workstreams; 
 Pedagogy
 Learner Engagement
 Strengthening Relationships
 Curriculum
 Learner Pathways 
7.2. A full Strategic Equity Fund Plan, detailed in Appendix 1, has now been written for
year 2 and builds on the work of our year 1 plan. The plan continues to be centred
around the same 5 key workstreams. Details of the year 2 projects to support each
workstream can be found within Appendix 1 pages 18-50. 
8. South Lanarkshire Progress During 2022/2023
8.1. Stretch aims for primary school data (Achievement of a Curriculum for Excellence
Level (ACEL)) were initially set for 2022/2023 as part of the year 1 Strategic Equity
Fund plan.  Progress to date using local and national data, including published
Curriculum for Excellence Levels (ACEL) from December 2023, demonstrate that:-  
P1/4/7Literacy Combined 
 South Lanarkshire Council performed as 15th out of 32 local authorities in
Scotland
 At 73.4% we are above the national average of 72.7% for P1/4/7 literacy
 This demonstrates a year on year improvement and is our highest performing
year since the pandemic (Appendix 2)
 We have overtaken our planned stretch aim for 2022/2023 of 71.8% for P1/4/7
literacy
 The literacy gap between pupils from the most (Quintile 1) and least derived
areas (Quintile 5) who achieved their expected level in literacy has narrowed and
is at our lowest since 2020/2021 and since the pandemic (Appendix 2) 
P1/4/7 Numeracy 
 South Lanarkshire Council performed as 12th out of 32 local authorities in
Scotland
 At 81.6% we are above the national average of 79.6% P1/4/7 numeracy
 This demonstrates a year on year improvement and is our highest performing
year since the pandemic (Appendix 3)
89

Page 90

 We have overtaken our planned stretch aim for 2022/2023 of 80% for P1/4/7
numeracy
 The numeracy gap between pupils from the most (Quintile 1) and least derived
areas (Quintile 5) who achieved their expected level in numeracy has narrowed
and is at our lowest since 2020/2021 and since the pandemic (Appendix 3) 
8.2. Although initial cohort based SQA data looks positive, Senior Phase Stretch Aims can
only be updated in March 2024, when 2022/2023 school Leavers’ data is published.
Senior Phase Stretch Aims will reported along with the annual Insight Update. 
8.3. In addition to setting stretch aims and to support closer monitoring of our project plans,
we also set our own internal outcomes and measures for 2022/23.  Outcomes and
measures were set for each project to support monitoring of impact.  Evaluation for
the 2022/2023 outcomes and measures can be found in Appendix 1, pages 55-71. 
9. Strategic Equity Fund Stretch Aims for 2023/24
9.1. The stretch aims for 2023/2024 are now required to set out ambitious year on year
targets for progress by the end of the three year period of 2023/2024 to 2025/2026.  
Core and National measures continue to be in place for session 2023/24. Further
information can be found in the following document:
Framework for Recovery and Accelerating Progress 2023 
9.2. For session 2023/2024 our Core measures (set Nationally) are as follows:
➢ ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
➢ ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
➢ SCQF level 5 or above – All SCQF Awards
➢ SCQF level 6 or above – All SCQF Awards
➢ Leavers Positive Destinations (Participation measure)
➢ HWB measure (attendance) 
In addition, our Core Plus measures (set locally) are
➢ Initial Positive Destinations
➢ Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
➢ Cost of School Day measure 
Further information on these measures, including details of our stretch aims for
2025/2026 are detailed within Appendix 1 pages 10-15. 
9.3. Outcomes and measures have again been set for 2023/2024 and will help with our
ongoing evaluation of the workstreams and support our planning purposes for Year 3
of our SEF plan.   The outcomes and measures for 2023/2024 can be found in
Appendix 1, pages 72-76. 
10.  Planning and Reporting 
10.1. It is important that we are clearly accountable to both our internal and external
stakeholders. Consultation and engagement with schools is integral to this process as
is the need to report both on a local and National level. Our governance structure for
Strategic Equity Funding can be found in Appendix 1 page 77. 
10.2. Planning and reporting are integral to supporting the work of the plan.  A planning and
reporting cycle has been outlined by Scottish Government which offers ongoing local
and National support and challenge towards our stretch aims.   In order to ensure we
are closely monitoring our plan improving outcomes for children and young people
90

Page 91

impacted by poverty we also have our own internal mechanism for planning and
reporting as outlined below:-
 Project leads meet with the Head of Education (Primary and Early Years) and
Project Co-ordinator every 8 weeks
 The Head of Education (Primary and Early Years) reports back to the SEF Core
Group
 Head of Education (Primary and Early Years) reports back to Resource
Management Team
 Report to Scottish Government via Standards and Quality Report 
11. Pupil Equity Funding
11.1. For 2023/2024, South Lanarkshire Council schools have been allocated £9.9M in PEF
money. This is allocated to 146 out of 148 SLC schools. Jackton Primary School is not
currently included in these figures. Schools continue to have direct control over their
PEF monies and how this is spent.  Schools take into account their individual context
and consult and engage with stakeholders and partners to ensure the monies are
spent to secure maximum impact for the children and families in most need.   
11.2. All schools with Pupil Equity Funding submit two Profiles of Spend; one outlines how
they intend to spend their allocation and the other outlines the actual spend of their
allocation at year-end. Schools also report in more detail on how they utilise their PEF
via their School Improvement Plan. A final impact report is outlined in the schools’
Standards and Quality Report. School PEF planning and spend is scrutinised to
ensure the funds are being spent appropriately and having direct impact on pupils
affected by poverty. 
12. Cost of the School Day and Poverty Awareness
12.1. One of our core plus measures is a Cost of the School Day measure.  By June 2024,
all South Lanarkshire schools will move from a Position Statement on Cost of the
School Day to a school Policy document which should be available on school websites
and be focused on taking practical steps to support families. Schools should also
support families to access all financial supports and entitlements. This includes
working to increase the uptake of Free School Meals and Clothing Grants by all who
are entitled and signposting families to other agencies when required. 
12.2. A central Curriculum and Quality Improvement Service (CQIS) officer is actively
supporting this aspect of the equity agenda through the delivery of Poverty Awareness
and Cost of the School Day training and professional learning.  A Cost of the School
Day working Party has been established to provide guidance and exemplars on
establishing a Cost of the School Day policy that will be shared with schools on 25
March at the Cost of the School Day Conference. By removing as many cost barriers
to engagement and participation as we can, we hope to succeed in our mission to not
only close the poverty-related attainment gap but provide the best experience for all
children and young people in South Lanarkshire. 
13. Employee Implications
13.1. A number of temporary central officer posts have been created which will help drive
forward the work of our SEF workstreams. These are funded from SEF. More details
can be found in Appendix 1, page 52. 
14. Financial Implications
14.1. Funding for the Strategic Equity Fund has been committed until 2025/2026 to allow for
sustainability and future planning. 
91

Page 92

15. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
15.1 There are no significant implications for climate change, sustainability and the
environment arising from the recommendations in this report. 
16. Other Implications
16.1. There are no other implications in terms of the information contained within this report. 
17. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
17.1 There is no requirement to undertake a specific equality impact assessment for this
report.  The report highlights a range of consultation and engagement activities and
highlights the effective impact of parents/carers and pupils in the participatory budget
process and the difference this is making. 
Carole McKenzie
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
12 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Education and learning: inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening
partnerships 
Previous References
 Education Resources Committee – 15 November 2022 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Jacqueline Wallace, Head of Education 
Ext:    (Tel: 01698 ) 454468 
E-mail:  Jacqueline.Wallace@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
92

Page 93

STRATEGIC EQUITY
FUND PLAN 2023/24
South Lanarkshire Council
Curriculum and Quality Improvement Service      
8
93

Page 94

2 
_Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 3
Funding Landscape prior to April 2022 .................................................................................... 3
Funding Landscape post April 2022 ......................................................................................... 4
Pupil Equity Funding (PEF) ......................................................................................................... 4
SEF Planning from April 2023 ..................................................................................................... 6
Stretch Aims .................................................................................................................................... 6
Progress to date - Stretch Aims for 2022/23 ............................................................................... 7
ACEL Data - Primary Literacy and Numeracy ........................................................................ 7
Senior Phase ................................................................................................................................... 8
Health and Wellbeing Data-Attendance ................................................................................... 9
Stretch Aims for session 2023/24 – Primary ......................................................................... 10
Stretch Aims for session 2023/24 – Secondary ................................................................... 14
Outcomes and Measures ........................................................................................................... 16
Governance ................................................................................................................................... 16
Project Planning ........................................................................................................................... 17
Workstream 1 - Pedagogy ......................................................................................................... 19
Workstream 2 – Learner Engagement .................................................................................... 22
Workstream 3 – Strengthening Relationships ..................................................................... 28
Workstream 4 – Curriculum ...................................................................................................... 33
Workstream 5 – Learner Pathways.......................................................................................... 44
Reporting ........................................................................................................................................ 51
Scottish Attainment Challenge – Planning and Reporting Cycle ................................... 51
Appendices ........................................................................................................................................ 52
Appendix 1 – Funding Landscape ........................................................................................... 52
Appendix 2 – Priorities for Education Resources ............................................................... 54
Appendix 3 - SEF Outcomes and Measures 2022/23 Evaluation ..................................... 55
Appendix 4 - SEF Outcomes and Measures 2023/24 .......................................................... 72
SEF Outcomes and Measures 2023/24 ................................................................................... 72
Appendix 5 – SEF Governance Structure .............................................................................. 77
Appendix 6 – Blank SEF Highlight Report............................................................................. 78
Appendix 7 – SEF Reporting Core Group Update ............................................................... 79 
94

Page 95

3 
Introduction 
The Scottish Attainment Challenge (SAC) is an umbrella term used to describe the
full allocation of monies provided to schools and other agencies to help tackle the
poverty related attainment gap aligned to National policy. This policy was reviewed
during Session 2021/22 and was re-launched on 30th March 2022 with the focus on a
new central funding model for Local Authorities, known as Strategic Equity Funding
(SEF). 
Strategic Equity Funding (SEF) is a fund of £43 million to be shared by all 32 local
authorities to invest in approaches to achieving the mission of the Scottish
Attainment Challenge. 
In November 2021, the Cabinet Secretary for Education and Skills detailed plans for
a refreshed Scottish Attainment Challenge from April 2022.
The mission of this refreshed Challenge was clearly set out, namely to “use
education to improve outcomes for children and young people impacted by poverty,
with a focus on tackling the poverty-related attainment gap.” 
The purpose of this document is to set out South Lanarkshire Council’s response to
the first year of the new policy and to detail our strategy for 2023/24. 
It gives some background context and an overview of how the new guidelines will
dovetail with existing Education Resource priorities. It provides links to National
Policy documents and guidelines, from which our internal strategy is closely linked
to. 
Funding Landscape prior to April 2022 
Up to this point, there have been two funding streams pertinent to schools, one being
the Schools’ Programme (SAC) and the other being Pupil Equity Funding (PEF).  In
addition, some Local Authorities (but not South Lanarkshire Council) were deemed
“Challenge Authorities” and received central funding, more in line with the new
policy. A separate but related fund to support Care Experienced Young People was
also allocated to each Local Authority. 
95

Page 96

4
20 South Lanarkshire Schools have been directly supported by funding from the
SAC Programme over the last four years, up to and including Session 2021/22.
These schools are situated within some of the most deprived areas of the Council. 
These schools have bid directly to the Scottish Government for a share of SAC
Programme funding.  In session 2021/22, a total of £1,772,404 was allocated across
these 20 schools with an additional £179,725 allocated centrally. 
PEF funding, since its inception in 2017 has been a source of direct funding to
almost all schools across Scotland. Within South Lanarkshire Council, 99% of
schools have received yearly PEF allocations, based on the percentage of children
on the roll who are entitled to Free School Meals. Schools plan for, and measure the
impact of, this spend which is designed to support children directly affected by
poverty. A small percentage of each school’s PEF allocation is spent using the
principles and practises of Participatory Budgeting (PB) 
Funding Landscape post April 2022 
In the last year the Scottish Government undertook a national review of the Scottish
Attainment Challenge and, on 23 November, announced a refresh of the Scottish
Attainment Challenge funding and the way it would be allocated. 
The SAC Schools’ Programme ceased from April 2022 and was replaced by a new
funding model, known as the Strategic Equity Fund (SEF) which distributes SAC
funding across all local authorities in Scotland in line with Children in Low Income
Families data. This new approach was formally launched on the 30th March 2022
with accompanying support materials for schools and Local Authorities. 
Each Local Authority was given details of the funding that would be allocated to them
for the next four years.
South Lanarkshire Council received £1.47M central SEF funding for session
2022/23.  This is the allocation for 2023/24 also, after which it increases by 26% in
2024/25 with a further increase of 33% for 2025/26 taking the total funding for the
year to £2,274,577. 
It is recognised that the new funding model and accompanying National Policy has
resulted in our existing 20 SAC schools losing their direct source of funding.  These
schools continued to be supported through the new central allocation until June
2022, in order that exit plans could be prepared and implemented.  
Appendix 1 provides further details of the funding landscape for session 2023/24 
Pupil Equity Funding (PEF) 
There is no change to National policy around PEF. South Lanarkshire Council’s
schools will still have ownership of this direct source of funding, to be planned for,
96

Page 97

5
spent and reported on according to both local and National guidelines. A minimum of
5% of each school’s PEF allocation will continue to be planned for using the
principles of Participatory Budgeting (PB)
Pupil Equity Funding National Operational Guidance 2023
SLC PEF Guidance
SLC PB Guidance 
Care Experienced Funding 
Funding is provided to local authorities annually to support care experienced children
and young people at a figure of £1,200 per looked after child aged 5-15, as outlined
in the Children’s Social Work Statistics Scotland, 2020/21. This is the same
methodology as used for allocation in previous years.
Care Experienced Children and Young People Fund: National Operational Guidance
2022
(All supporting documents can be located in the SLC Equity Hub) 
Education Resources Priorities 
This funding is a much-welcomed addition to the overall Education Resources
budget of £407,000,000.  However, It can and should not be viewed in isolation from
existing plans, policies and resource allocations e.g. additional staffing through
recovery monies. 
During Session 2022/23, Education Resources consulted on a set of refreshed
priorities for the service. These were launched at Headteacher meetings and inform
all the work of the resource, both at central and school level. 
These priorities are:
➢ To improve Health and Wellbeing to enable children and families to flourish
➢ Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are at the heart of what we do
➢ Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum that helps raise standards in literacy
and numeracy
➢ Support children and young people to develop their skills for learning, life and
work
➢ Empower learners to shape and influence actions on sustainability and
climate change
Appendix 2 gives a graphical representation of the refreshed priorities for Education
Resources. 
97

Page 98

6
SEF Planning from April 2023 
Given the information above on the national change to policy, there was a
requirement to carefully plan for, deliver, spend and report on our SEF allocation
from April 2023 and beyond. Scottish Government Guidelines state that 
“Strategic Equity Funding must be used to deliver targeted activities, approaches or
resources which are clearly additional to universal local improvement plans.” 
Working within our existing planning structures, Education Resources now need to
take a more centralised approach and extend the reach and impact of the available
monies through judiciously planned projects, funded by SEF, and built on the
success of our year 1 plan.  The overall aim is to make the biggest difference to our
children and young people who are most disadvantaged by poverty. In doing so, new
National Guidelines on the parameters set around SEF will be referenced and
followed. 
Strategic Equity Fund -National Operational Guidance 2023
The Scottish Attainment Challenge Logic Model gives details of the National “logic
models” which set out key roles and responsibilities for all stakeholders within this
revised policy. These will inform our planning, evaluation, and programme
management arrangements. 
Stretch Aims 
A new feature of the National strategy is the requirement for Local Authorities to set
stretch aims for both excellence and equity. Stretch aims are required to set out
ambitious year on year targets for progress by the end of the three year period of
2023/24 to 2025/26.  
During 2022/23 the National guidelines ask us to adopt a “Core Plus” model. This
means that there are a National suite of measures which form the “Core” of the
target-setting approach and can be supplemented by additional local measures.
Core and National measures continue to be in place for session 2023/24. 
Further details of these “stretch aims” can be found in the following document:
Framework for Recovery and Accelerating Progress 2023
For session 2023/24 our Core measures (set Nationally) are as follows:
➢ ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
➢ ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
➢ 1 or more SCQF level 5 or above – All SCQF awards
➢ 1 or more SCQF level 6 or above – All SCQF awards
➢ Leavers Positive Destinations (Participation Measure)
➢ Health and Wellbeing measure (attendance)
98

Page 99

7
In addition, our additional measures (set locally) are
➢ Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
➢ Initial Positive Destinations 
➢ Cost of School Day measure 
Progress to date - Stretch Aims for 2022/23 
*All ACEL data in these tables is provisional until final publication in December 2023*
ACEL Data - Primary Literacy and Numeracy 
Stage Organiser 2022/23 
2022/23
vs
2021/22
2022/23
Stretch Aim
Target
2022/23 vs
Stretch
Aim Target
P1/4/7 Numeracy 81.6 2.5 80 +1.6
P1/4/7 Literacy 73.4 2.1 71.8 +1.6 
Our provisional data indicates that we have overtaken our 2022/23 stretch aim in
both literacy combined and numeracy at P1,4 and 7 by 1.6 percentage points (pp) for
each.  We have also made progress compared to our 2021/22 data. 
Stage Organiser Measure 2022/23
2022/23
vs
2021/22
2022/23
Stretch Aim
Target
2022/2
3 vs
Stretch
Aim
Target
P1/4/7 Literacy  Quintile 1 61.0 3.1 62.33 -1.3
P1/4/7 Literacy  Quintile 5 83.3 1.0 82.05 1.3
P1/4/7 Literacy Gap -22.3 2.1 -19.72 -2.6
P1/4/7 Numeracy  Quintile 1 72.4 2.8 72.1 0.3
P1/4/7 Numeracy  Quintile 5 90.0 1.9 88.5 1.5
P1/4/7 Numeracy Gap -17.6 1.0 -16.4 -1.2 
Our provisional closing the gap data indicates that we have continued to close the
gap from 2021/22 but have not yet closed the gap by as much as anticipated in our
stretch aim target.  
The ACEL data above has been used to inform our plan for year 2 as well as our
stretch aims for the period 2023/24-2025/26 as outlined in the following section. 
99

Page 100

8
Senior Phase
Progress
1@5 (All SCQF) Overall Q1 Q5 Gap
September 2023 Stretch Aim 91.4 80.42 97.02 -16.6
2023 Data (2021/22 Leavers) 90 80.6 97 -16.4
Difference -1.4 0.18 -0.02 0.2 
Although we did not meet our overall stretch aim for this measure, we exceeded our
Q1 aim and just met our Q5 aim.  This means that our gap has closed to -16.4pp
which is 0.02pp better than we had set as a target or anticipated, based on internal
data. 
1@6 (All SCQF) Overall Q1 Q5 Gap
September 2023 Stretch Aim 72.5 52.88 87.89 -35.01
2021/22 68.9 49.3 87 -37.7
Difference -3.6 -3.58 -0.89 -2.69 
Although we fell short of stretch aims for overall and Q1 and almost met our stretch
aim for Q5, data for this measure has still shown improvement since pre pandemic
levels.  Data (including the gap) shows us that Q1 learners performed better during
ACM years, perhaps due to the ongoing assessment opportunities rather than the
demands associated with high stakes exams. This will make this current year’s data
look disproportionately negative compared to 2020/21 and 2019/20. 
Destinations Overall Q1 Q5 Gap
September 2023 Stretch Aim 96.5 93.5 98 -4.5
2021/22 96.22 92.48 98.58 -4.43
Difference -0.28 -1.02 0.58 8.93 
Although we fell short of our very ambitious overall and Q1 stretch aims, we were
able to overtake our Q5 stretch aim and close the gap to -4.43pp.  Our target gap
was -4.5pp.  
Participation Measure Overall Q1 Q5 Gap
September 2023 Stretch Aim 93 88.2 96.9 -8.7
2021/22 95 90.1 98.1 -8
Difference 2 1.9 1.2 0.7 
With increased partnership working with SDS and other external bodies we were
able to support organisations to record and report data more accurately.  This has
resulted in an improvement overall, for Q1, Q5 and the gap.
100

Page 101

9 
Health and Wellbeing Data-Attendance 
Primary Attendance
*2022-23 figures provisional 
Overall levels SIMD Quintile
1
SIMD Quintile 
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
2022-23 SA 94.5 92.35 96.4 -4.06
2022-23 92.56 89.82 94.84 -5.02 
Primary attendance levels overall have declined by 1.44pp since 2020/21 and have
not yet reached our stretch aim of 94.5%. SIMD Q1 levels have decreased slightly
since 2020/21, by 1.08pp and SIMD Q5 by 1.56pp. The gap has widened marginally
by 0.48pp since 2021 which is a more positive trend but not yet by as much as our
stretch aim target of -4.06pp.
Secondary Attendance
*2022-23 figures provisional 
Overall levels SIMD Quintile
1
SIMD Quintile 
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
2022-23 SA 90.5 86.3 93.78 -7.48
2022-23 87.34 86.67 93.09 -6.42 
Secondary attendance levels overall have declined by 4.02pp since 2020/21 and
have not yet reached our stretch aim of 90.5%. SIMD Q1 levels have decreased
slightly since 2020/21, by 0.75pp and SIMD Q5 by 1.05pp. The gap has widened
marginally by only 0.3pp since 2021 which a more positive trend but not yet by as
much as our stretch aim target of -7.48pp. 
The outcomes and measures included in Appendix 3 also demonstrate the very
positive improvements we have made during year 1 of our Strategic Equity Plan
across all workstreams.  We are confident that our continued and relentless focus on
the areas identified in our initial plan, will lead to further gains both in attainment,
attendance and positive outcomes for the children and young people of South
Lanarkshire.   
101

Page 102

10 
Stretch Aims for session 2023/24 – Primary 
ACEL Literacy combined P1, P4 & P7 
Annual
Trajectory
Overall levels SIMD Quintile
1
SIMD Quintile 
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
2023-24 71.5 – 75 62.5 – 66 83.5 - 85 -22.5 – -17.5
2024-25 73.5 - 77 64.5 – 67.5 84.5 - 86 -21.5 – -17
2025-26
Stretch
aim
Overall levels SIMD quintile
1
SIMD quintile 
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
77.2 70.3 86.3  -16.0 
It is anticipated that overall ACEL levels will rise for a second consecutive year, and
have accelerated to exceed the 2022/23 stretch aim, when data is officially published
in December 2023 as previously outlined in the stretch aims tables for 2022/23. Q1
learners are anticipated to have made significant gains of over 3 percentage points
(pp), which although will be the biggest annual gain on record, may still have fallen
short of the very ambitious 2022/23 aim of 62.33%. Q5 learners are expected to
have exceeded the stretch aim to a record high level. The gap is expected to have
narrowed to near -22pp despite the gains made by Q5 learners. 
Overall aims for 2025/26 reflect an annual average improvement rate of 1.6pp
reaching 77.2% by 2025/26. This would mark 7pp recovery and progress since 2021.
The expected positive gains made by Q1 learners in 2022/23 is set for forthcoming
years would see at least a 3pp annual gain resulting in a stretch aim of 70.3%, a
notable 12.6pp recovery and progress rate since 2021. With an average increase in
the past two years for Q5 learners of around 1pp are applied annually then the
2025/26 stretch aims of 86.3% is the target. The gap would, in this case narrow from
-24.4pp during the pandemic to -16.0pp in 2025/26, a 8.4pp reduction. 
ACEL Numeracy combined P1, P4 & P7 
Annual
Trajectory
Overall levels SIMD Quintile
1
SIMD Quintile
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
2023-24 80.5 – 83 72 - 75 89 – 91.5 -20.1 – -14.0
2024-25 82 – 84.5 74.5 – 78 90 – 92.5 -18.0 – -12.0
2025/26
Stretch aim
Overall levels SIMD quintile
1
SIMD quintile 
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
84.9 79.6 93.6 -14.0 
It is anticipated that overall levels will rise for a second consecutive year, and have
accelerated to exceed the 2022/23 stretch aim, when data is officially published in
102

Page 103

11
December 2023 as previously outlined in the stretch aims tables for 2022/23. Q1
learners are anticipated to have made significant gains of around 2.8pp, which will
be the biggest annual gain on record and have exceeded the very ambitious 2022/23
aim of 72.1%. Q5 learners are expected to have exceeded the stretch aim to a
record high level of approximately 90%. The gap is expected to have narrowed by
1.0pp to just over -17.5pp, thereby making accelerated progress towards pre-covid
levels. 
Overall aims for 2025/26 reflect an annual average improvement rate of 1.3pp
reaching 84.9% by 2025/26. This would mark 7pp recovery and progress since 2021.
The expected positive gains made by Q1 learners in 2022/23, when in the context of
data over time, would result in an average 2.44pp annual gain resulting in a stretch
aim of 79.6pp, a notable 12.2pp recovery and progress rate since 2021. With an
average increase in the past two years for Q5 learners of around 1.2pp are applied
annually then the 2025/26 stretch aims of 93.6% becomes the target. The gap
would, in this case narrow from -19.2pp during the pandemic to -14.0pp in 2025/26,
a 5.2pp reduction. 
For both literacy and numeracy, we are aspiring to continue to regain ground lost
and return to figures in line with our pre-COVID averages. We also continue to have
an added focus on closing the gap which results in realistic, and data evidenced
targets for our Q5 learners this year based on our data gathered from 2022/23.    
103

Page 104

12
Primary and Secondary Stretch Aims-Attendance 
*This data is provisional as the Attendance, Absence and Exclusion Census 2022-23 is not
submitted to SG until the end of August and therefore subject to change.
Primary Attendance
*2022-23 figures provisional
Annual
Trajectory
Overall levels SIMD Quintile
1
SIMD Quintile 
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
2023-24 92.0-93.5  89.8-92.0  94.5-95.2  -5.4 – -2.5 
2024-25 93.0-94.0  91.6-92.8  95.0-96.2  -4.6 – -2.2 
2025/26
Stretch
aim
Overall levels SIMD quintile
1
SIMD quintile
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
94.6 93.1 96.5 -3.4 
Our overall attendance levels for primary have decreased by 2.54pp since 2016/17.
For Q1 learners our attendance data has decreased by 3.28pp since 2016/17. We
are therefore aiming to make accelerated progress to return us to our highest level
on record.
For Q5 learners our attendance data has decreased by 1.96pp since 2016/17, but by
less than quintile 1 and our data overall. We are aiming to recover to pre-covid levels
2018-19 that recognises a continual decline since 2016/17. This is in line with the
national picture.
Narrowing the gap to -3.4pp would be the narrowest on record and ambitious when
considering the pattern of decline over the period of data presented.
We are aspiring to regain ground lost and return to figures in line with our pre-COVID
averages. We have an increased focus on our closing the gap data which results in
realistic, and data evidenced targets for our Q5 learners this year. 
Secondary Attendance
*2022-23 figures provisional
** from published 2021 data and not 2022 LA.
Annual
Trajectory
Overall levels SIMD Quintile
1
SIMD Quintile
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
2023-24 88 - 90 83 - 86 92 - 93 -9.0 – -7.0
2024-25 89 - 92  85 - 88  93 - 94   -8.0 – -6.0  
2025/26
Stretch
aim
Overall levels SIMD quintile
1
SIMD quintile
5
Gap (Q1 – Q5)
93 90 95 -5 
Overall Levels fell by 0.86pp from 2021 and have declined annually since 2017. The
ambitious stretch aim would have seen a 2.3pp increase on 2021 levels and now sits
3.16pp from the 2023 stretch aim. 
With reference to local data, the 2023 Q1 level now sits 0.37pp better than the 2023
stretch aims and the 2019 level too. Our 2022-23 stretch aim of 3.3pp was exceeded
104

Page 105

13
and is the biggest rise on record. The 2018 level of 87.1 is our shorter term aim
which would result in a further 0.43pp rise. 
With reference to local data, the 2023 Q5 Levels rose by 1.09pp, just short of the
2023 stretch aim of 1.78pp. 
The gap has narrowed by 2.58pp from 2021 and exceeded the 2023 stretch aim by
1.52pp (1.06pp better than aimed for). The aim is that the gap continues to close to -
5pp by 2026.  
105

Page 106

14
Stretch Aims for session 2023/24 – Secondary 
Stretch aims and planning for improvement in data is still proving difficult in the
secondary sector due to lack of progressive datasets to make predictions.  The ACM
years (2019/20, 2020/21) provided a wider range of assessment opportunities for
learners to demonstrate their learning and this benefitted learners, particularly in Q1
and Q2. However, stretch aims for 2026 are still exceptionally ambitious and
significantly overtake pre pandemic data and meet and sometimes overtake the high
levels of attainment achieved during ACM. 
There is no interim data available to comment on progress towards this tranche of
secondary stretch aims at this stage. 
Annual Trajectory  1 @ SCQF Level 5 (All SCQF)
Overall
Levels
SIMD
Quintile 1
SIMD
Quintile 5
Gap            
(Q1-Q5)
2023/24  90.2 - 90.8 81.5 - 82.2 97.0 - 97.2 -15.7 – -14.8 
2024/25  90.6 - 91.2 83.0 - 83.7 97.1 - 97.3  -14.3 – -13.4 
2025/26 Stretch Aim   91.5 86 97.3 -11.3 
Annual Trajectory 1 @ SCQF Level 6 (All SCQF)
Overall
Levels
SIMD Quintile 1 SIMD
Quintile 5
Gap            
(Q1-Q5)
2023/24 69.5 - 70.5 50.3 - 52.3 86.9 - 87.4 -37.1 – -34.6
2204/25  70.5 - 71.5  52.3 - 54.3 87.3 - 87.8 -35.5 – -33.0 
2025/26 Stretch Aim  72 57 88 -31 
106

Page 107

15 
Annual Trajectory  Initial Positive Destinations 
Overall
Levels
SIMD Quintile 1 SIMD
Quintile 5
Gap            
(Q1-Q5)
23/24  95.8 - 96.3 92.0 - 93.5 98.0 - 98.5 -6.0 – -5.0 
24/25  96.1 - 96.6 93.0 - 94.5 98.2 - 98.7 -5.2 – -4.2
2025/26 Stretch Aim  97 96 99 -3 
Annual Trajectory  % S4 Leavers
Overall
Levels (S4
as % of
total)
SIMD
Quintile 1
(S4 Q1 as a
% of total
S4) 
SIMD
Quintile 5
(S4 Q5 as a
% of total
S4)
Gap (Q1 -
Q5)
2023/24 11.0 - 10.0 37 - 32 8.0 - 12.0 -29 – -20
2024/25 10.8 - 9.8 35 - 30 10.0 - 14.0 -25 – -16
2025/26 Stretch Aim   9 29 15 -14 
Annual Trajectory  Participation Measure
Overall
Levels 
SIMD
Quintile 1 
SIMD
Quintile 5 
Gap (Q1 -
Q5)
2023/24 93 - 94 90 - 91 97.0 - 97.5 -7.0 – -6.5
2024/25 94 - 95  91 - 92 97.5 - 98.0 -6.5 – -6
2025/26 Stretch Aim   95.5 93 98.5 -5.5 
107

Page 108

16
Outcomes and Measures 
Outcomes and measures were set for each project for session 2022/23 to support
the monitoring of impact.  These outcomes and measures were additional to the
stretch aims to ensure we can identify and report on the difference made by each
individual project, and to inform year 2 plans.  
New outcomes and measures have been set for session 2023/24 to further support
the monitoring of impact.    
Information on SEF Outcomes and Measures can be found in Appendix 4
Governance 
It is important that we are clearly accountable to both our internal and external
stakeholders. Consultation with schools is integral to this process as is the need to
report both on a local and National level.
Our governance structure for Pupil Equity Funding can be found in Appendix 
5 and our reporting documentation in Appendix 6 and Appendix 7. 
108

Page 109

17
Project Planning
Each of the Scottish Government five core measures, along with our local
measures, will be continue to be addressed through the five workstreams outlined
below, based on the positive finding from our outcomes and measures set during
period 2022/23.
109

Page 110

18
Workstream 1
Pedagogy 
Project Lead(s): Linda Gardner  
110

Page 111

19
Workstream 1 - Pedagogy 
Scottish Government Core Measures: 
ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
SLC Theme: Pedagogy 
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan
Name of Project: Play Pedagogy
Project Lead: Linda Gardner and DO
Link to SLC Equity Workstream
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings: 
Cohort 4 34 staff June 23 – Nov 23 £3763
Dev play 34 staff June 23 – Nov 23 £2731
Venue per cohort – approx. £950 
Development Officer £70,000 per year   
Total Costing for 2023/24: £77,444
Total costs for the project if known: TBC
Link to Scottish Government Core
Measure(s) and/or SLC Local
Measure(s)
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 &
P7 combined
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 5
based on Insight (All SCQF Awards) 
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 6
based on Insight (All SCQF Awards
• Leavers Positive Destination
(Participation measure)
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
Link to SLC priorities
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to enable
children and families to flourish
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are
at the heart of what we do
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum
that helps raise standards in literacy and
numeracy
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and
work
• Empower learners to shape and
influence actions on sustainability and
climate change 
Outline of the project plan- Briefly detail under the following prompts: 
Who are the target group(s)? Who else will be involved and what will their role be? What
is the timescale for delivery? What resources, time or support will be needed?
Pre Project Year 1 Year 2 Years 3 and 4
24 schools
engaged
Deirdre
Grogan
training
Play Development Officer - to
support with implementing key
theories and facilitating themed
support sessions (environment,
resources, managing play,
reporting, developing planning,
tracking, paperwork) 
30 schools
engaged 
• Maintain
Training
Programme  
111

Page 112

20
Few schools
embedding
play
Appetite for
development
/ direction
• 46 FTE Early Level
Practitioners – key
training to be given so
consistency of approach
across Early Level
• Training prog established
– combination of Deirdre
Grogan, EY Team, QLO /
DO
• Play Resource Starter
Pack Kit List
• Sample timeframe for
implementation relevant
to starting points for
schools
• Input to NQT programme
• Data gathered for impact
• SLC Play Strategy
developed and launched   
• Embed
Play
Strategy 
Anticipated Outcome (insert stretch aim table)
What change do you want to see for learners? 
o Enhanced staff knowledge of impact of play pedagogy – Jan 24 and Jun 24
o Increased confidence in responding to learners’ needs at Early Level – June 24
o Improved transition from nursery to P1 – Sep 24
o Increased engagement for learners in Early Level – June 24 
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch
aim) 
o Collaborative Action Research / Practitioner Enquiry to evidence
improvement with target group
o Pre and post CLPL audit of confidence level with staff – not sure if carried
out prior to cohort 4 starting in June?
o Leuvan scale to measure engagement before and after changes to approach
implemented
o Clear identification of P1s not on track - August 2023 - P1 Baseline  
o Improved phonological awareness - Dec 2023 - Letter sound assessment
and PAST, implementation of FLIPP 
o May 2024 - P1 SNSAs 
112

Page 113

21
Workstream 2
Learner Engagement 
Project Lead(s): Leeanne Kelly  
113

Page 114

22
Workstream 2 – Learner Engagement 
Scottish Government Core Measure: HWB measure (attendance)
SLC Theme: Learner Engagement 
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan 2023/24
Name of Project: Attendance 
Project Lead: Leeanne Kelly & DO
Link to SLC Equity Workstream
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings: 
CLPL charges = room costs; catering costs; supported
study hours to enable staff to undertake relevant
work/tasks/research out-with school time - £4500 
Total Costing for 2023/24: £4500 
Total costs for the project is known: estimate is similar
to last year but with slight increase reflecting increase in
participant numbers and room costs.
Link to Scottish Government Core Measure(s)
and/or SLC Local Measure(s)
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• All SCQF level 5 or above – All SCQF Awards
• All SCQF level 6 or above – All SCQF Awards
• Participation measure
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
Link to SLC priorities
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to enable children
and families to flourish
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are at the
heart of what we do
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum that helps
raise standards in literacy and numeracy
• Support children and young people to develop their
skills for learning, life and work
• Empower learners to shape and influence actions
on sustainability and climate change 
Outline of the project plan- Briefly detail under the following prompts: 
Who are the target group(s)? Who else will be involved and what will their role be? What is the timescale for
delivery? What resources, time or support will be needed?
Project Plan: Year 2 (2023-24)
Overview:
A group of 11 primary schools and 5 secondary schools have agreed to continue to be part of an attendance
test of change group that will meet in sector specific groups to develop the implementation of their attendance
test of change activity initiated in 2022-23. QLO Equity will be the project lead supported by Education
Scotland’s Attainment Advisor, SLC Educational Psychologist and Scottish Government Improvement
Advisor. In addition, this year a further 10 primary schools have agreed to be part of a cohort 2 group that will
be in part supported by cohort 1 participating schools. The team outlined will facilitate 3 half-day sessions for
each sector between October 2023 and June 2024 to support Cohort 2 schools. 3 key themes for
improvement, which will be addressed as part of the three sessions include an inclusive ethos; practice which
builds motivation and recognizes agency; and effective processes that reduce barriers and make learning
accessible. Further coaching support, capacity allowing, will also be provided in between sessions by the
Attendance team. The following outlines the timescales and intended content of each session: 
Cohort 2
• Session 1 – October 2023
Drilling-down data and identifying the scope for improvement. Baselines identified and clear aims for
the year set. Team will connect schools into smaller sub-groups, to encourage peer-support. 
114

Page 115

23
• Session 2 – November 2023
Analysis of the push and pull factors for targeted group of pupils identified. Planning test of change
activity to implement in school. 
• Session 3 – January 2024
Check-in on successes and challenges. Refine approaches - adopt, abandon, adapt. 
Begin to consider transitions (nursery-primary and primary-secondary) and identify schools willing to
work on a transition test of change activity, which will feed into Year 2. 
• Session 4 – March 2024
Check-in on successes and challenges. Refine approaches - adopt, abandon, adapt. 
Discuss how learning can be upscaled and shared in school and across SLC. Transition planning for
transition pilot schools. 
• Showcase – May 2024
Sharing of what has worked well and also not so well during 2023-24. 
Cohort 1 
Ten primary schools will be provided with refreshed training input from the project team and encouraged to
develop their year 1 projects with a specific focus on targeted groups of individual learners. Modification to
driver diagrams will be supported to help embed the best practice from their year 1 engagement. A critical role
for cohort 1 participating schools will be that they will develop attendance leadership skills by mentoring
schools in cohort 2. This culture and ethos of support and challenge is more likely to bring about the
accelerated improvements that the SAC programme outlines in the Framework for Recovery and Accelerating
Progress. 
Cohort 1
• Session 1 – October 2023
Analysis of feedback from 2022-23 and of data which will allow for the identification of improvements
made. Identified areas for year 2 work to be considered with a plan to set clear aims for this academic
year. Team will connect schools into smaller sub-groups, to encourage peer-support. 
• Session 2 – November 2023
As a result of data and contextualized analysis schools will have a clear plan for 2023-24 and will have
set appropriate aims for identified groups of learners in the context of their whole school. 
• Session 3 – January 2024
Check-in on embedding year 1 areas of focus along with emerging successes and challenges form
year 2. Refine approaches - adopt, abandon, adapt. Between session 2 and 3 schools in this cohort
will be paired to those in cohort 2 and encouraged to set-up interim meetings of support.
• Session 4 – March 2024
Check-in on successes and challenges. Refine approaches - adopt, abandon, adapt. 
Discuss how mentoring cohort 1 is progressing and identifying potential changes as we consider
moving into year 3. 
• Showcase – May 2024
Sharing of what has worked well and also not so well during 2023-24. 
The following will also be considered as part of the work for both cohorts:
• Communication around attendance in our schools 
• Tracking and monitoring of attendance and attendance policies
• Transitions and early identification
• Patterns of attendance with large family groups and EAL pupils (priority groups outlined within PEF
National Operational Guidance 2023, p7)
• Rurality issues
• Connections with siblings and study leave
• Attendance panel to provide support for chronic non-attenders 
Aim is to drill down with schools to ascertain, what work is having the highest impact. Effective work within the
targeted group will be capitalised upon and shared with all SLC schools as part of drive to close the poverty-
115

Page 116

24
related attendance gap. An Attendance Gap suite of resources will be refreshed and published on SLC Equity
Hub by June 2024. This will include good practice exemplars, videos/recordings/PP of key messages, audit
tools, etc. Links will continue to be made with Clydesdale’s digital solution pilot. 
A showcase event in May/June 2024 will be planned to showcase the work taken place for both cohort 1 and
2 thereby facilitate the sharing of good practice between and beyond the target schools. 
Years 3-4:
• Year 3 will focus more on embedding sustainable practice
• Highlight and share the most effective work across the schools engaged in the programme throughout
SLC and beyond
• Key staff from Year 1&2 schools to support potential new cohort of schools in 2024-25
• Upscaling of successful approaches, e.g., digital solution, attendance panel, etc. 
• Potential development of third sector involvement in year 3.
Anticipated Outcome 
What change do you want to see for learners? By when? 
SLC HWB (attendance) Stretch aim trajectories outlined in the SEF plan 2023-24 to be achieved by June
2024 with a view to meeting 2025-26 published stretch aims for HWB - attendance, with an ambitious sub-aim
of exceeding those for participating schools. 
All participating schools involved in the targeted group project will set their own individual school aims, and/or
targeted group aims, to be achieved by June 2024. Schools will develop and set these by the end of Session
2. 
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch aim)
• Stretch aim data checked at key points (baseline in August 2023, mid-point in January 2024 and end
point in June 2024)
• School aims reviewed at the following sessions – November 2023 (baseline), Jan 2024 (mid-point 1),
March (mid-point 2) and May/June (end point). 
• Updated attendance custom report will support target schools with this. This will be shared with all
participating SLC schools, they will be encouraged to use this regularly to track progress with attendance
and use the info to plan appropriate next steps in their school.  Assistance will be required to gather
monthly attendance data for all participating schools in this programme (input required from data officer). 
116

Page 117

25
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan
Name of Project: Clydesdale Virtual School
Project Lead: B Lee + G Smith
Link to SLC Equity Workstream
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings:
Staffing agreed for Session 2023-24: 0.2FTE in
Biggar High School, Carluke High School and
Lanark Grammar School; 0.4FTE in Lesmahagow
High School 
Materials for students: £5,000 for materials to
support pupils within the Clydesdale Virtual
School project (as in 2022-23, supplemented as
required from other budgets). 
Proposal: 0.2FTE additional staffing per school
home learning teacher to support families with
online learning with the Clydesdale Virtual
School (outreach visits) 
Level 5 and Level 6 qualifications: approximately
£150 per pupil for Level 5 or Level 6 First Aid
course or equivalent. 
Total Costing for 2023/24: 1.0FTE (or 1.8FTE,
with additional home learning teacher), plus
£5,000 for materials, and potentially £4,800 to
support certification of SCQF short courses.
Total costs for the project if known: 2.0FTE (or
2.8FTE, with additionality) and £10,000/ £15,000
for materials and certification of courses.
Link to Scottish Government Core Measure(s)
and/or SLC Local Measure(s)
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 5 based on
Insight (All SCQF Awards) 
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 6 based on
Insight (All SCQF Awards
• Leavers Positive Destination (Participation
measure)
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
Link to SLC priorities
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to enable
children and families to flourish
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are at
the heart of what we do
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum
that helps raise standards in literacy and
numeracy
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and work
• Empower learners to shape and influence
actions on sustainability and climate change 
Outline of the project plan- Briefly detail under the following prompts: 
117

Page 118

26
Who are the target group(s)? Who else will be involved and what will their role be? What is the
timescale for delivery? What resources, time or support will be needed? 
Target group
• S4 Quintile 1/ FME interrupted learners
• S3 Quintile 1/ FME interrupted learners
• Other identified interrupted learners in each of our 4 schools who need additional
support, including S5 winter leavers and care experienced students (quintile 1/FME).
Staff involved.
G Sim (Carluke)
H. Reid (Biggar)
C. Neeson (Lanark) 
Timescale
Outcome 1+2 will be achieved by December 2023
Outcome 3+4 will be achieved by June 2024 
Anticipated Outcome (insert stretch aim table)
What change do you want to see for learners?
1. By December 2023, 100% of young people involved will be engaged in at least one
subject/award; 90% or more young people involved will be engaged in at least three
subjects/awards; and 80% or more young people involved will be engaged in at least five
subjects/awards.
2. By December 2023, Attendance measure- 80% of young people involved will demonstrate
improved attendance* 
3. By June 2024, 100% of young people involved will have achieved at least one award at
level 3 or above; 90% or more of young people involved will have achieved at least three
awards at level 3 or above; and 80% or more of young people involved will have achieved
at least five awards at level 3 or above. 
4. By June 2024, all involved young people will have the opportunity to achieve 1 or more
award at SCQF level 5 based on Insight (All SCQF Awards) 
*Attendance includes attendance in Virtual Classroom. 
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked indicators of progress and overall stretch aim)
1. Data from tracking reports, observations and feedback from class teachers and
parents/carers.
2. SQA and other awarding body data, insight data. 
118

Page 119

27
Workstream 3
Strengthening Relationships 
Project Lead(s): Maureen Farr,
Susan Tullett, Barbara Lee, Sam
March 
119

Page 120

28 
Workstream 3 – Strengthening Relationships 
Scottish Government Core Measures: HWB measure (attendance)
Local measure: Cost of the School Day
SLC Theme: Strengthening Relationships
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan
Name of Project: Nurture
Project Lead: Susan Tullett
Link to SLC Equity Workstream
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings:
0.5FTE Development Officer
Neilsland Hub use for courses
Photocopying of course materials
Printing costs for Nurturing Interventions
Toolkit 
Total Costing for 2023/24: £35,000
Total costs for the project if known:
Link to Scottish Government Core
Measure(s) and/or SLC Local
Measure(s)
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 &
P7 combined
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 5
based on Insight (All SCQF Awards) 
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 6
based on Insight (All SCQF Awards
• Leavers Positive Destination
(Participation measure)
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
Link to SLC priorities
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to enable
children and families to flourish
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are
at the heart of what we do
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum
that helps raise standards in literacy and
numeracy
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and
work
• Empower learners to shape and
influence actions on sustainability and
climate change 
Outline of the project plan- Briefly detail under the following prompts: 
Who are the target group(s)? Who else will be involved and what will their role be? What
is the timescale for delivery? What resources, time or support will be needed? 
Target group – Early Years, Primary, Secondary, ASN provision, partners who work in
our establishments (i.e. Pathways, Specialist Support Team, Youth and Family
Community Workers, etc.)
Project Plan
• Deliver core training courses on a rolling programme over the whole academic
year– Boxall Profile Training, Nurturing Interventions Overview, Leading Nurturing
Interventions
• Deliver establishment-based training as need is identified– 6 Nurture Principles
and Restorative Practice
120

Page 121

29
• Teams Nurture Drop Ins – provide a space for practitioners to ‘drop in’ for
information and support as well as a little input each time on a particular part of
nurturing interventions – approximately every 6 weeks
• Provide bespoke consultancy for schools around development of nurturing
interventions and application of Attachment Strategy in their location, as need is
identified
• Continue to build Nurture Resources Power Point, located on the Staff Learning
Centre tile on Glow, pointing establishments to useful resources and links
• Continue to sit on AIP steering group and assist as we move towards accrediting
our first establishments in AIP
• Sit on the IWS Implementation Group
• Publish and distribute the Nurturing Interventions Toolkit 
Anticipated Outcome (insert stretch aim table)
What change do you want to see for learners? 
Staff will become more knowledgeable about attachment-informed, trauma sensitive, nurturing
practice as well as in providing nurturing interventions to meet the specific needs of identified
learners (particularly those in Q1). 
Establishments will become more attachment-informed, trauma sensitive and nurturing places
resulting in reduced anxiety for learners, reduction in barriers to learning (particularly for Q1
learners). 
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch aim) 
A greater number of establishments will engage in training or with the Nurture DO to increase
knowledge and skill of staff. 
Establishments will begin to engage with the AIP Accreditation process. 
121

Page 122

30
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan
Name of Project: Cost of the School
Day
Project Lead: Maureen Farr
Link to SLC Equity Workstream
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings: 
Admin costs
0.6FTE Lead Officer 
Total Costing for 2022/23: £70,000
Total costs for the project is known:
Link to Scottish Government Core
Measure(s) and/or SLC Local
Measure(s)
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 &
P7 combined
• SCQF level 5 or above – All SCQF
Awards 
• SCQF level 6 or above – All SCQF
Awards
• Participation measure
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
Link to SLC priorities
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to enable
children and families to flourish
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are
at the heart of what we do
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum
that helps raise standards in literacy and
numeracy
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and
work
• Empower learners to shape and
influence actions on sustainability and
climate change 
Outline of the project plan- Briefly detail under the following prompts: 
Who are the target group(s)? Who else will be involved and what will their role be? What
is the timescale for delivery? What resources, time or support will be needed? 
In her paper, ‘Falling Through the Cracks: The Cost of the School Day for Families Living
in In-Work and Out-of-Work Poverty’ (2018), Morag Treanor made the following
recommendations to alleviate the impact of poverty on children’s education in Scotland: 
• Local Authorities provide guidance to schools on best practice,
• Limits imposed on how expensive trips can be and/or the requirement for schools
to subsidise trips more fully,
• Provide teachers with high quality CPD on the nature, causes and consequences
of poverty, and,
• Sharing of information on successful and unsuccessful initiatives to alleviate the
impact of poverty. 
This project will deal with all of these recommendations.  The target group will be school
leaders and their staff.  All schools will be encouraged to undertake training in Poverty and
the Cost of the School Day which could be delivered in person or virtually by the project
lead. 
As part of the training, school staff will be taught about the impact Poverty can have on the
brain and how that then impacts learning.  They will learn strategies to mitigate these
developmental issues.  Training will then move on to how we reduce/remove costs of the
school day.
122

Page 123

31 
Despite several SLC schools having completed previous CoSD training, there are still
disagreements around what schools can and cannot charge for, therefore it is vital that a
South Lanarkshire Policy on this is created in consultation with school leaders,
stakeholders and EMT.   
It is intended that a Working Party is created which will gather views on the various
aspects of the Cost of the School Day and a Policy Statement written which will give
schools definitive guidance. 
Best practice and successful initiatives will be gathered and then shared through the SLC
Equity Hub/Toolkit/Site. 
All of the above work will be done by the Lead Officer who is financed through SEF.  The
only additional costs will come from photocopying and hiring of venues for training. 
Timelines – Working Party to be established and first meeting convened by December
2022.  Policy ready for consultation by September 2023 and published by October 2023. 
Training will be ongoing from August 2023 with schools aware of the opportunity to ‘book’
for Inservice before the end of June 2023.
Anticipated Outcome 
What change do you want to see for learners? 
The Cost of the School Day in every SLC school will be reduced by a figure chosen by the
individual school.  This will need to be an individual target depending on where they are
on their ‘journey’.
Schools will be asked to move from a ‘Position Statement’ to a ‘School Policy’. 
By when? Costs should be reduced year on year.  Policy work should start this year with
an aim for at least 100% of schools having competed one.  By June 2024 we would
expect all SLC schools to have their own Policy. 
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch
aim) 
Schools will see an increase in their participation and attendance figures. 
123

Page 124

32
Workstream 4
Curriculum 
Project Lead(s): Andy Gray and
Leigh Miller
124

Page 125

33
Workstream 4 – Curriculum 
Scottish Government Core Measures: 
ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & combined 
ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
SLC Theme: Curriculum 
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan 
Name of Project: Effective Pedagogical
Practice in Mathematics and Numeracy 
Project Lead: Andy Gray 
Link to SLC Equity Workstream 
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings: 
Maths Recovery training        
Total Costing for 2023/24: £83,124 
Total costs for the project is known: 
Link to Scottish Government Core
Measure(s) and/or SLC Local Measure(s) 
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 &
P7 combined
• SCQF level 5 or above – All SCQF
Awards1 or more on leaving school
• SCQF level 6 or above – All SCQF
Awards1 or more on leaving school
• Participation measure
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
Link to SLC priorities 
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to
enable children and families to flourish 
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality
are at the heart of what we do 
• Provide a rich and stimulating
curriculum that helps raise standards in literacy
and numeracy 
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and work 
• Empower learners to shape and
influence actions on sustainability and climate
change 
Outline of the project plan- Briefly detail under the following prompts:  
Who are the target group(s)?  
All Primary teachers, appropriate Secondary teachers, and support staff. 
Who else will be involved and what will their role be? What is the timescale for
delivery? What resources, time or support will be needed? 
There are two key approaches to delivering this project. 
The long-term plan is to train a team of teachers within South Lanarkshire in the pedagogy
of Maths Recovery, with a view of developing a self-sustaining network to train all teachers
within South Lanarkshire in Maths Recovery and the other aspects of ‘Conceptual Number
Training’. 
During session 2021 - 2022, 20 teachers enrolled in intensive Maths Recovery training, ‘The
Learning Framework in Number’.  
125

Page 126

34
Once complete we aim to have at least 5 trained teachers to gain accreditation and progress
onto the Trainer programme. 
Those who do not progress onto the trainer programme will support the roll out of Maths
Recovery within their establishments. 
During session 2022 - 2023, the 5 teachers who progressed onto the trainer programme
supported training sessions to another cohort, which was delivered by Maths Recovery
trainers.    
From session 2023 - 2024, the 5 teachers who progressed onto the trainer programme are
delivering training sessions to another cohort, supported by Maths Recovery trainers. 
From session 2024 – 2025, these teachers will deliver Maths Recovery training to
colleagues within South Lanarkshire Council.    
Once trained these teachers will be able to deliver the full range of Maths Recovery training
listed below: 
• The Learning Framework in Number (Specialist intervention course) 
• Teaching Number in the Classroom with 4 – 8-year-olds (Whole class or group
teaching course) 
• Developing Number knowledge, Assessment, Teaching and Intervention for 7-
11-year-olds (Whole class or group teaching course). 
The plan would be to use this team of trainers to systematically train all appropriate staff in
the two whole class teaching courses as well as a further cohort on the specialist
intervention course. 
In addition to this a group of ASN specialist will develop appropriate training using Maths
Recovery’s ‘Numeracy for all Learners: Teaching Mathematics to Students with Special
Needs’ course. 
As an extension of this, I am considering appropriate training for Early Years and School
support staff. 
This will ensure that there is a consistent pedagogy within all establishments across South
Lanarkshire as well as adding to the team of trainers. 
In addition to this programme of training, we will continue to offer training on: 
• Teaching Number in the Classroom with 4 – 8-year-olds (Whole class or
group teaching course) 
• Developing Number knowledge, Assessment, Teaching and intervention for
7-11-year-olds (Whole class or group teaching course). 
This training will be delivered by trainers from Maths Recovery. 
Schools will be identified for this training through data and other intelligence. 
126

Page 127

35
Anticipated Outcome 
How will we know if we are having the desired impact? 
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch aim) 
To measure the impact of the training, staff will complete a questionnaire before and after,
on their knowledge and understanding of the concepts being delivered through the training.
The data and information collected by participants during the course will also be used to
measure impact. It is anticipated that the training will have an immediate and long-term
impact on Numeracy ACEL data, initially within the schools of the staff being trained, and
then across the authority as training is rolled out.     
ACEL Numeracy combined P1, P4 & P7
*2022-23 figures provisional
Annual
Trajectory
Overall
levels
SIMD
Quintile 1
SIMD
Quintile  5
Gap (Q1 –
Q5)
2023-24 80.5 – 83 72 - 75 89 – 91.5 20.1 – 14.0
2024-25 82 – 84.5 74.5 – 78 90 – 92.5 18.0 – 12.0
2025/26
Stretch aim
Overall
levels
SIMD
quintile 1
SIMD
quintile  5
Gap (Q1 –
Q5)
84.9 79.6 93.6 14.0 
127

Page 128

36
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan
Name of Project: Nuffield Early Language
Intervention NELI Year 2
Project Lead: Leigh Miller
Link to SLC Equity Workstream
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings:
Training costs
• Approx cost per school= £870-£1290
(roll- related)
• Cost for 124 schools= £107 880- £159
960
• 78 schools engaging with NELI (exact
costs to be confirmed)
• Consider ‘Additionality’ (staff/ funding)
in schools to support the rollout of the
training (including cover costs).
Central Admin costs
• Central support for co-ordination of
training and correspondence with
schools/NELI Teams. 
• Central support (data expert) with
collection and comparison of NELI
assessment data and P1 ACEL data
Quintile 1 v Quintile 5. Unsure of cost 
Total Costing for 2023/2024: Sign up of a further
20-30 establishments.  (Costing will depend of
size of schools, still to confirm)  
Link to Scottish Government Core Measure(s)
and/or SLC Local Measure(s)
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• SCQF level 5 or above – All SCQF Awards
• SCQF level 6 or above – All SCQF Awards
or more on leaving school
• Participation measure
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
Link to SLC priorities
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to enable
children and families to flourish
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are at
the heart of what we do
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum
that helps raise standards in literacy and
numeracy
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and work
• Empower learners to shape and influence
actions on sustainability and climate change 
Outline of the project plan 
After successful Pilot from Jan-June 2023, the NELI programme will continue. 
NELI intervention is a 20- week programme. Three 30-minute sessions per week are delivered to
groups of five children from October 23 –February 24 (20 weeks). Children also attend an
additional two 15-minute individual sessions per week. All sessions focus on listening, narrative
and vocabulary skills.
128

Page 129

37
Target groups
P1 learners in Quintile 1 identified through ongoing formative and summative assessment during
the FLIPP programme, and low scores in the NELI pre-assessments tool.    The pre assessment tool
allows strength/weakness in oral language and communication to be identified. Pre and post
Screening tools (NELI) will measure a child’s language development in 4 key areas:
1. Expressive Language
2. Listening Comprehension
3. Receptive Vocabulary
4. Sentence Repetition 
School Team
Similar to Catch Up Literacy model in SLC, schools would nominate an in-school NELI Team eg.
NELI Lead, P1 teacher, SSA or teacher (who would deliver the programme). Regular progress
meetings would be co-ordinated by the NELI Lead. 
NELI Training and School Support
1. Online staff training and support
2. Access to a tablet-based language screening tool (called Language Screen)
3. Printed resources e.g. programme handbook and flashcards
Overview of training and support
All training and support to deliver the programme is provided online, meaning it can be easily and
flexibly accessed by all schools. The online training is hosted on the FutureLearn platform and
involves three linked courses which school staff can access, work through and digest at their own
pace. In other words, training can be flexible.
Course 1 – Language Fundamentals
Course 2 – Delivering the Nuffield Early Language Intervention
Course 3 – Teaching letter/sounds and phonological awareness
The member of staff who will deliver the NELI group sessions is required to complete all three
courses which usually takes approximately 10 – 12 hours. Course 1 and course 2 are undertaken
before starting the NELI activities with the children. Course 3 needs to be completed before
delivering the 11th week of programme materials to children.
P1 class teachers for NELI pupils are required to complete course 1 and can choose to complete
course 2 and 3 if they wish. 
Each school’s nominated NELI lead for the programme can opt-in to receive access to the training.
All the online courses promote social learning. NELI trainees can communicate with fellow
trainees in other schools, can ask questions, add comments and are monitored by a group of
expert mentors, with experience in delivering NELI, who can quickly respond to queries. An online
NELI Delivery Support Hub, also hosted on the platform FutureLearn, is accessible throughout and
provides additional materials such as videos of NELI sessions, a forum for trainees to discuss
approaches, ask NELI experts questions and connect with colleagues in other schools also
delivering NELI.
Central Monitoring and Tracking
129

Page 130

38
1. Central tracking communication between in-school NELI Leads and SLC Lead would be
required. This would include an electronic tracking system with an overview of progress
easily accessible by both parties and will allow tracking of the 4 areas of language
development.
2. Collection and comparison of ACEL data for SIMD QUINTILE 1 V SIMD 5 for session 2023/
2024, 2022/23, 2021/22, 2020/2021 in Primary 1 Reading. 
Anticipated Outcome (insert stretch aim table) 
What change do you want to see for learners? 
By intervening early to support children’s oral language and communication- the foundation for
reading and writing success- we would expect to see more children in Quintile 1 make greater
progress in early reading and writing. 
By when? June 2024 
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch aim)
Year 1:
Jan-June 2023
Several robust evaluations has led to NELI being the most well-evidence early language
programme available to schools in England. SLC schools will use the NELI screening tool to track
and measure progress of individuals/groups pre and post and throughout the period of the
intervention.  
March 2023
Assessment of targeted learners decoding skills using SLC’s Regular Word Reading Assessment. 
Assessment of targeted learners encoding skills. 
Targeted learners’ ACEL predictions in reading and writing. 
June 2023
Targeted learners ACEL in reading and writing. 
Year 2:
August – May 2024
All P1 pupils will undertake the SLC FLIPP programme for the initial 6 weeks of term. A new
targeted group of pupils will be established using NELI pre assessment to provide information on
strengths/ weakness in oral language skills after this initial 6 week immersive literacy period.   
ACEL Literacy combined P1, P4 & P7
*2022-23 figures provisional
Annual
Trajectory
Overall levels SIMD
Quintile 1
SIMD
Quintile  5
Gap (Q1 –
Q5)
2023-24 71.5 – 75 62.5 – 66 83.5 - 85 -22.5 – -17.5
2024-25 73.5 - 77 64.5 – 67.5 84.5 - 86 -21.5 – -17
2025-26
Stretch aim
Overall levels SIMD
quintile 1
SIMD
quintile  5
Gap (Q1 –
Q5)
77.2 70.3 86.3 -16.0 
130

Page 131

39
Intervention will then be planned, post assessment after intervention will show improvement in
children’s language development in the 4 key areas: Expressive Language, Listening
Comprehension, Receptive Vocabulary and Sentence Repetition. 
Targeted learners ACEL predications and Data in reading and writing will act as further measure. 
A further cohort of schools will beginning training for implementation from November onwards. 
Outcome: By June 2024, most P1 learners in sample schools (10% of schools engaging with NELI)
will have improved early language skills.   
Measure: Pre and Post Assessments/ ACEL data 
Outcome: By June 2024, most staff for the participating primary schools will have increased
knowledge and confidence in developing children’s early oral language skills. 
Measure: Post training Evaluation 
131

Page 132

40
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan
Name of Project: 
SLC Refreshed Curriculum Narrative 
Project Lead: Leigh Miller & Andy Gray
Link to SLC Equity Workstream 
• Curriculum 
Breakdown of costings: 
• Seconded Lead officers for Curriculum  x
1
• 0.4 staffing allocation for 8 schools to
allow Lead HTs to be released to support
schools and develop aspects of
curriculum.   
Total Costing for 2023/24: 
Total costs for the project if known:
Link to Scottish Government Core Measure(s)
and/or SLC Local Measure(s) 
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• SCQF level 5 or above – All SCQF Awards
• SCQF level 6 or above – All SCQF Awards1
or more on leaving school
• Participation measure
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
• 
Link to SLC priorities 
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum
that helps raise standards in literacy and
numeracy
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and work
• Empower learners to shape and influence
actions on sustainability and climate change 
Outline of the project plan: 
SLC Refreshed Curriculum Narrative 
In response to recent national reviews and the SLC Primary Curriculum survey,  a strategic
approach to refreshing the curriculum narrative across our primary setting is needed.   Schools
need support and direction with evaluating curriculum design, mapping Es and Os and ensure
progression pathways guide learners journey across all curriculum areas.   
Target Group:  Primary leaders, practitioners and learners will benefit from the support provided. 
Support materials and tools will support practitioners with planning for learners and tracking
learner progress across the curriculum.  All 125 primary schools will have access to a curriculum
audit tool,  CFE design and mapping, and curriculum pathways for all CfE areas. All resources will
be accessible on the SLC Staff Learning Centre.   
Who will be involved /what role will they have: 
Lead officers Curriculum role: 
• Strategic planning for Curriculum across SLC primary
132

Page 133

41
• Creation of formats for all planning tools to ensure cohesive approach
• Curriculum audit design
• Assessing and reviewing a range of planning materials from SLC, West Partnership and
beyond.  
• Creation of support materials to support schools in reviewing curriculum design 
Lead Head Teachers:
• To support schools as identified from the curriculum survey/ SQIPS/ QLO intelligence with
aspects of curriculum.
• To support development of the curriculum audit tool
• To create progression pathways for allocated areas of the curriculum  
Time Scale: 
Year 1
• Aug-Sept: Initial strategic planning, collation of good practice from across SLC and beyond
• Sept-Feb: Creation of audit tool, planning and support materials.
• March-May: Opportunity to pilot materials/ Quality assurance. 
Curriculum work to be shared with colleagues at the SLC Primary Curriculum Conference in May 24 
Resources/ Support Needed: 
Support needed from Education Scotland, West Partnership colleagues and SLC schools with good
practice.   
Anticipated Outcome (insert stretch aim table)
What change do you want to see for learners? 
ACEL Literacy combined P1, P4 & P7
*2022-23 figures provisional 
Annual
Trajectory
Overall levels SIMD Quintile 1 SIMD Quintile  5 Gap (Q1 – Q5)
2023-24 71.5 – 75 62.5 – 66 83.5 - 85 -22.5 – -17.5
2024-25 73.5 - 77 64.5 – 67.5 84.5 - 86 -21.5 – -17
2025-26
Stretch aim
Overall levels SIMD quintile 1 SIMD quintile  5 Gap (Q1 – Q5)
77.2 70.3 86.3 -16.0 
ACEL Numeracy combined P1, P4 & P7
*2022-23 figures provisional
Annual
Trajectory
Overall levels SIMD Quintile 1 SIMD Quintile  5 Gap (Q1 – Q5)
2023-24 80.5 – 83 72 - 75 89 – 91.5 -20.1 – -14.0
2024-25 82 – 84.5 74.5 – 78 90 – 92.5 -18.0 – -12.0
2025/26 Stretch
aim
Overall levels SIMD quintile 1 SIMD quintile  5 Gap (Q1 – Q5)
84.9 79.6 93.6 -14.0 
133

Page 134

42 
Outcomes: 
- By June 2024, all primary schools will have improved knowledge and understanding of the
refreshed Curriculum narrative and access to a range of support materials to assist them
in building the curriculum. 
- By June 2024, nearly all primary schools SQIPs will have targets linked to the support
materials produced. 
- By August 24 all schools will be using progression frameworks for all curricular areas and
appropriate curriculum maps. 
- Clear approaches to planning curriculum and progression pathways will lead to improved
learner attainment. 
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch aim) 
Measure: 
- HT evaluations from curriculum conference 
- 24/25 establishment SQIP
- Curriculum Audit (session 24/25) 
134

Page 135

43
Workstream 5
Learner Pathways 
Project Lead(s): Jill Pringle and
Kathleen McCormick
135

Page 136

44
Workstream 5 – Learner Pathways 
Scottish Government Core Measures: 
SCQF level 5 or above – 1 or more on leaving school
SCQF level 6 or above – 1 or more on leaving school
Leavers Positive Destinations (Participation measure)
Local Measure: Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
SLC Theme: Learner Pathways 
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan
Name of Project: SLC Mentoring Programmes
Project Lead: Kathleen McCormick
Link to SLC Equity Workstream
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings:
MCR Pathways:
MCR Pathways Programme – for 2023-24
delivered in 9 secondary schools (Calderside,
Stonelaw, Cathkin, Trinity, Hamilton Grammar, St
John Ogilvie, Holy Cross, Larkhall, Lanark
Grammar): 9 x Pathways Co-ordinators -  total
costs (including on costs) - £381,671 pa 
Total Costing for 2023/24: £360,594
Total costs for the project is known:
MCR Pathways – 3 years - £1,145,013 
SLC Enhanced Personalised Support
Programme:
Enhanced personalised Support Programme–
4FTE mentors (1 per locality: 3 x 1FTE; 1 x 0.4FTE;
1 x 0.6 FTE)) 
Total Costing for 2023/24:  £169,632& travel
costs; 1 x laptop  = £171,432
Total costs for the project is known:
Enhanced Personalised Support Programme -
£514,296 
Total cost of SLC Mentoring = £1,1,659,309 
Link to Scottish Government Core Measure(s)
and/or SLC Local Measure(s)
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
Link to SLC priorities
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to enable
children and families to flourish
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are at
the heart of what we do
136

Page 137

45
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 5 
(All SCQF Awards) 
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 6 
(All SCQF Awards
• Leavers Positive Destination (Participation
measure)
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum
that helps raise standards in literacy and
numeracy
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and work
• Empower learners to shape and influence
actions on sustainability and climate change 
Outline of the project plan- Briefly detail under the following prompts: 
Who are the target group(s)? Who else will be involved and what will their role be? What is the
timescale for delivery? What resources, time or support will be needed? 
A key South Lanarkshire Education Resources commitment is for all schools to provide
personalised support to learners, with a commitment to providing targeted support to those
children and young people who may require it.  There are currently two mentoring programmes in
SLC:MCR Pathways (delivered in partnership with this organisation) and SLC Enhanced
Personalised Support Programme (EPSP). 
MCR Pathways:
This project provides mentoring for care-experienced and vulnerable young people with MCR
Pathways. 
9 Pathways Co-ordinators (PCs) will deliver the MCR programme across 9 schools with possibility
of extending delivery to other schools over the next 2-3 years using a more peripatetic model. 
The PCs will deliver group work to targeted S1 and S2 learners who may be care experienced
and/or vulnerable or disengaged and facilitate mentored meetings to targeted S3-S6.   
MCR Pathways is a school-based mentoring programme specifically designed to provide
mentoring and personalised support for disadvantaged, vulnerable and/or care experienced
young people. 
Each school will identify learners who meet a well-established range of criteria for the
programme.  These learners will then be matched with an MCR Pathways mentor by the schools’
MCR Pathways Coordinator, supported by MCR Programme Manage. Learners will then be
provided with the opportunity to meet with their mentor at an agreed time on a weekly basis.  It
is expected that the mentors will commit to a regular weekly meeting time, at the learner’s
school, on an ongoing basis. 
Enhanced Personalised Support Programme:
The programme will target learners in S2 and S3 identified by each school who may be at risk of
leaving at the end of S4 with no or few qualifications.  There will be one mentor who will work
across all secondary schools to provide 1-1 personalised and individualised support for these
identified learners. 
The following range of criteria will help to guide schools in identifying those young people who
may benefit from regular engagement with a mentor focusing on enhanced personalised support.
Learners who:
137

Page 138

46
• Live in Q1 and in receipt of  FME
• May be disengaged in their learning
• Have attendance issues (although not non-attenders)
• Are achieving a significant number of category “4” in the categories of “Progress in
Learning” and/or “Skills and Knowledge” in Progress and Achievement  
• May have been excluded and who may be acquiring a number of demerits
• May have outside agency involvement
• May have families who are disengaged with their child’s learning or who may have a
negative relationship with the school 
• Are highlighted in the Risk Matrix of the school 
The mentor will undertake a number of tasks and activities with each identified young person,
meeting with him/her on a regular basis (details around allocated time in each school TBC). 
Crucially, the mentor will build a positive relationship with the young person and will support
him/her in the following areas:
• Learning – 1-1 literacy and numeracy support; support with learning and engagement in
other subject areas 
• Future pathways identification and next steps planning – 1-1 support in next steps
planning in liaison with school staff
• Network building -  signposting and supporting with DYW and careers opportunities,
including supporting family involvement and understanding of these
• Developing skills - Self-esteem and resilience building
• Monitoring and tracking progress using eg attainment, attendance data
• Working in partnership with key school staff to identify strengths and next steps 
SLC Mentoring Programmes:
Who else will be involved and what will their role be? 
• Kathleen McCormick – Lead Officer School and Performance Improvement – strategic
leadership and monitoring of project
• Robert Burgess – Project Co-ordinator - leadership and management of SLC Mentoring
Programmes
• Jen Hamilton – Development Officer –Enhanced  Personalised Support programme –
supporting programme, including training delivery, ongoing monitoring, 1-1 meetings with
mentors, school visits with senior school leaders
• 9 x MCR Pathways Co-ordinators – in each of the 9 SLC Secondary schools delivering this
programme
• 4 FTE EPSP Mentors – working across in 18 SLC Secondary schools 
Anticipated Outcome (insert stretch aim table)
What change do you want to see for learners? 
1. By June 2024 there will be an increase of 1 percentage point of Q1 leavers attaining 1@SCQF
level 5 
1@5 2021/22 – 90.03% all leavers
- 80.61% Q1
- 96.98% Q5 
138

Page 139

47
2. By June 2024 there will be a reduction of S4 leavers across Secondary schools: currently 36.7%
from Quintile 1 compared to 9% from Quintile 5.   
The figure of 36.7% from Q1 will be reduced by June 2024 to 35%
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch aim) 
Progress will be measured by:
Insight (leavers’ data – March 2024)
SSR1&2 
Stretch aims associated with SLC Mentoring programmes:
1@5 – detail to be provided 
139

Page 140

48 
South Lanarkshire Council Strategic Equity Fund Project Plan
Name of Project: SLC Mentoring Programmes
Project Lead: Kathleen McCormick
Link to SLC Equity Workstream
• Pedagogy
• Learner Engagement
• Strengthening Relationships
• Curriculum
• Learner Pathways
Breakdown of costings:
MCR Pathways:
MCR Pathways Programme – for 2023-24
delivered in 9 secondary schools (Calderside,
Stonelaw, Cathkin, Trinity, Hamilton Grammar, St
John Ogilvie, Holy Cross, Larkhall, Lanark
Grammar): 9 x Pathways Co-ordinators -  total
costs (including on costs) - £381,671 pa 
Total Costing for 2023/24: £360,594
Total costs for the project is known:
MCR Pathways – 3 years - £1,145,013 
SLC Enhanced Personalised Support
Programme:
Enhanced personalised Support Programme–
4FTE mentors (1 per locality: 3 x 1FTE; 1 x 0.4FTE;
1 x 0.6 FTE)) 
Total Costing for 2023/24:  £169,632& travel
costs; 1 x laptop  = £171,432
Total costs for the project is known:
Enhanced Personalised Support Programme -
£514,296 
Total cost of SLC Mentoring = £1,1,659,309 
Link to Scottish Government Core Measure(s)
and/or SLC Local Measure(s)
• ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7
combined
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 5
(All SCQF Awards) 
• 1 or more award at SCQF level 6 
(All SCQF Awards
• Leavers Positive Destination (Participation
measure)
• HWB measure (attendance)
• Initial Positive Destinations 
• Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
• Cost of School Day measure 
Link to SLC priorities
• Improve Health and Wellbeing to enable
children and families to flourish
• Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are at
the heart of what we do
• Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum
that helps raise standards in literacy and
numeracy
• Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and work
• Empower learners to shape and influence
actions on sustainability and climate change 
140

Page 141

49 
Outline of the project plan- Briefly detail under the following prompts: 
Who are the target group(s)? Who else will be involved and what will their role be? What is the
timescale for delivery? What resources, time or support will be needed? 
A key South Lanarkshire Education Resources commitment is for all schools to provide
personalised support to learners, with a commitment to providing targeted support to those
children and young people who may require it.  There are currently two mentoring programmes in
SLC:MCR Pathways (delivered in partnership with this organisation) and SLC Enhanced
Personalised Support Programme (EPSP). 
MCR Pathways:
This project provides mentoring for care-experienced and vulnerable young people with MCR
Pathways. 
9 Pathways Co-ordinators (PCs) will deliver the MCR programme across 9 schools with possibility
of extending delivery to other schools over the next 2-3 years using a more peripatetic model. 
The PCs will deliver group work to targeted S1 and S2 learners who may be care experienced
and/or vulnerable or disengaged and facilitate mentored meetings to targeted S3-S6.   
MCR Pathways is a school-based mentoring programme specifically designed to provide
mentoring and personalised support for disadvantaged, vulnerable and/or care experienced
young people. 
Each school will identify learners who meet a well-established range of criteria for the
programme.  These learners will then be matched with an MCR Pathways mentor by the schools’
MCR Pathways Coordinator, supported by MCR Programme Manage. Learners will then be
provided with the opportunity to meet with their mentor at an agreed time on a weekly basis.  It
is expected that the mentors will commit to a regular weekly meeting time, at the learner’s
school, on an ongoing basis. 
Enhanced Personalised Support Programme:
The programme will target learners in S2 and S3 identified by each school who may be at risk of
leaving at the end of S4 with no or few qualifications.  There will be one mentor who will work
across all secondary schools to provide 1-1 personalised and individualised support for these
identified learners. 
The following range of criteria will help to guide schools in identifying those young people who
may benefit from regular engagement with a mentor focusing on enhanced personalised support.
Learners who:
• Live in Q1 and in receipt of  FME
• May be disengaged in their learning
• Have attendance issues (although not non-attenders)
• Are achieving a significant number of category “4” in the categories of “Progress in
Learning” and/or “Skills and Knowledge” in Progress and Achievement  
• May have been excluded and who may be acquiring a number of demerits
• May have outside agency involvement
• May have families who are disengaged with their child’s learning or who may have a
negative relationship with the school 
• Are highlighted in the Risk Matrix of the school 
141

Page 142

50
The mentor will undertake a number of tasks and activities with each identified young person,
meeting with him/her on a regular basis (details around allocated time in each school TBC). 
Crucially, the mentor will build a positive relationship with the young person and will support
him/her in the following areas:
• Learning – 1-1 literacy and numeracy support; support with learning and engagement in
other subject areas 
• Future pathways identification and next steps planning – 1-1 support in next steps
planning in liaison with school staff
• Network building -  signposting and supporting with DYW and careers opportunities,
including supporting family involvement and understanding of these
• Developing skills - Self-esteem and resilience building
• Monitoring and tracking progress using eg attainment, attendance data
• Working in partnership with key school staff to identify strengths and next steps 
SLC Mentoring Programmes:
Who else will be involved and what will their role be? 
• Kathleen McCormick – Lead Officer School and Performance Improvement – strategic
leadership and monitoring of project
• Robert Burgess – Project Co-ordinator - leadership and management of SLC Mentoring
Programmes
• Jen Hamilton – Development Officer –Enhanced  Personalised Support programme –
supporting programme, including training delivery, ongoing monitoring, 1-1 meetings with
mentors, school visits with senior school leaders
• 9 x MCR Pathways Co-ordinators – in each of the 9 SLC Secondary schools delivering this
programme
• 4 FTE EPSP Mentors – working across in 18 SLC Secondary schools 
Anticipated Outcome (insert stretch aim table)
What change do you want to see for learners?
1. By June 2024 there will be an increase of 1 percentage point of Q1 leavers attaining 1@SCQF
level 5 
1@5 2021/22 – 90.03% all leavers
- 80.61% Q1
- 96.98% Q5 
2. By June 2024 there will be a reduction of S4 leavers across Secondary schools: currently 36.7%
from Quintile 1 compared to 9% from Quintile 5.   
The figure of 36.7% from Q1 will be reduced by June 2024 to 35%
How will we know if we are having the desired impact?
(How progress will be measured and tracked-indicators of progress and overall stretch aim)
Progress will be measured by:
Insight (leavers’ data – March 2024)
SSR1&2
Stretch aims associated with SLC Mentoring programmes:
1@5 – detail to be provided 
142

Page 143

51
Project leads will meet
with Head of Service
and QIM every 8 weeks
for update using
Appendix 6as a
supporting document
Head of Service/QIM will
then feed this into SEF
Core Group Meetings
using Appendix 7
Head of Service
(Primary and Early
Years) will report
progress back to EMT
Report to SG via SLC
Standards & Quality
Report at the end of the
year
Reporting 
Scottish Attainment Challenge – Planning and Reporting Cycle 
To support our own planning and reporting we will follow the process outlined below: 
143

Page 144

Appendices 
Appendix 1 – Funding Landscape 
SAC FY allocation
Scottish
Government
/SLC 
Measure (s)
1,472,616
Existing Commitments
Strategic team FY
0.6FTE QIO -61,836
1 x QIO temp -116,475
MCR original 5 x SAC secondaries -212,040
MCR STJO -42,408
MCR 3 x additional secondaries -127,224
-559,982
912,634
Balance of funding before Themes 912,634
Theme 1 Pedagogy 1 and 2
Early Learning & Play DO, CLPL and resources -69,579
Resources - Deidre Grogan -5,000
Theme 2 Learner Engagement 6
Clydesdale Digital Project - 4 Clydesdale Secondary Schools -
staffing -91,452
Clydesdale Digital Project - 4 Clydesdale Secondary Schools -
resources -5,000
Theme 3 Strengthening Relationships 6
Nurture DO -32,973
Nurture DO Aug to March -21,774
Theme 4 Curriculum 1,2,3 and 4
Numeracy-Maths Recovery training -80,000
Literacy- DO to support writing and early level -26,129
Literacy- DO to support NELI and early level plus resources -69,579
NELI Resources -20,000
Lead HT Support Programme -146,127
Theme 5 Learner Pathways 3, 4 and 7-11
Learner Pathways-4 x mentors -169,632
Central Digital Offcier 0.6 FTE -15,677
Central Data Officer Steven Connolly FY (Aug24) PT2 -72,550
Personalised Support -43,614
Equity DO -43,548
-912,634
Balance of funding to be allocated -1,472,616 0
23/24
144

Page 145

53
Funding Landscape (cont)
For session 2023/24 our Core measures (set Nationally) are as follows:
1. ACEL Primary – literacy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
2. ACEL Primary – numeracy – P1, P4 & P7 combined
3. 1 or more SCQF level 5 or above – All SCQF Awards
4. 1 or more SCQF level 6 or above – All SCQF Awards
5. Leavers Positive Destinations (Participation Measure)
6. Health and Wellbeing measure (attendance)
In addition, our additional measures (set locally) are
7. Reduction in number of S4 leavers 
8. Initial Positive Destinations 
9. Cost of School Day measure 
145

Page 146

Appendix 2 – Priorities for Education Resources
146

Page 147

55
Appendix 3 - SEF Outcomes and Measures 2022/23 Evaluation 
Workstream: Pedagogy 
Project  Outcome  Measure  Evaluation-Successes
and impact
Play Pedagogy 
By June 2023, most staff participating will have
increased knowledge and confidence of play
pedagogy at Early Level. 
For 29 primary schools, the poverty-related
attainment gap in literacy will collectively narrow
by June 2023. 
For 29 primary schools, the poverty-related
attainment gap in numeracy will collectively
narrow and attainment increase by June 2023. 
Confidence questionnaire comparing
scores Pre and Posts questionnaires. 
Teachers’ Professional Judgement to
provide 29 Primary Schools’
aggregated P1 combined Literacy
ACEL data using SLC Poverty
measure (SIMD 1+2+FSM vs SIMD 3-
10 no FSM). 
Teachers’ Professional Judgement to
provide 29 Primary Schools’
aggregated P1 combined Numeracy
ACEL data using SLC Poverty
measure (SIMD 1+2+FSM vs SIMD 3-
10 no FSM). 
Play Pedagogy knowledge and
confidence of staff rose from 29%
to 100% from the 29 participating
primary schools. 
The impact of the play pedagogy
SEF project has contributed
towards 48% of participating
schools having improved
attainment for SIMD quintile 1 or
FSM learners at early level
literacy. 55% of schools have
improved attainment for
numeracy.  
The impact of the play pedagogy
SEF project has contributed
towards 34% of participating
schools having narrowed the
attainment gap (SIMD Q1 & FSM
versus Q3-5) at early level
literacy. 38% of schools have
narrowed the attainment gap in
numeracy. 
147

Page 148

56 
Workstream: Learner Engagement 
Project  Outcome  Measure  Evaluation-successes and
impact
Attendance Test of
Change  For the 10 Test of Change primary
schools, the poverty-related
attendance gap will collectively close
by at least 0.2 percentage points (PP)
from 4.2 PP to 4.0 PP by June 2023,
as per table below: 
For the 5 Test of Change secondary
schools, the poverty-related
attendance gap will collectively close
by at least 0.4 percentage points (PP)
from 7.6 PP to 7.2 PP by June 2023,
as per table below: 
10 Test of Change Primary Schools’ aggregated
attendance data using SLC Poverty measure
(SIMD 1+2+FSM vs SIMD 3-10 no FSM). 
5 Test of Change Secondary Schools’ aggregated
attendance data using SLC Poverty measure
(SIMD 1+2+FSM vs SIMD 3-10 no FSM). 
For the 11 test of change
Primary Schools, attendance has
improved for the targeted group
by 1.5PP, from 88.6PP to
89.9PP. For the non-target
group, attendance has also
improved by 2PP, from 92.8PP
to 94.8PP. Attendance overall
has improved by 2.6PP from
90PP to 92.6PP. The gap has
remained the same, however
there has been an improvement
in data across all indicators.
Schools within the test of change
project have greater attendance
for both target groups than the
SLC average. This has been a
successful first year for this
group, although more work is
needed to ensure greater
acceleration of progress for the
target group to ensure the gap
begins to close. 
Participants’ confidence levels
have increased as a result of the
project. In the post-training
questionnaire, 83.3% stated they
are 'very' confident tackling
attendance in their school,
compared to only 42.9% at the
148

Page 149

57
start of the programme.
Participants skills and knowledge
scores for all areas also
improved. 
For the 5 test of change
secondary schools, attendance
has improved for the non-
targeted group by 2.3PP, from
89.5PP to 91.8PP. Attendance
overall has improved by 1.5PP
from 87PP to 88.5PP. The gap
has increased by 2.7PP and the
target group attend has reduced
slightly by 0.3PP. However,
schools within the test of change
project have better attendance
for all indicators than the SLC
average. The learning in year
one, is that approaches have
supported attendance overall,
but that more targeted work is
required to ensure improvements
and more accelerated progress
within the targeted group. 
Not all participants completed the
post questionnaire, therefore
data is incomparable and not
currently available from the
secondary group. 
Clydesdale Digital
Schools
Rationale:
In May 2022, tracking reports
identified thirty-two young people
whose level of engagement with
learning put them at risk of leaving
school without qualifications. 
Data from tracking reports, observations and
feedback from class teachers and parents/carers. 
100% of the young people
participating in the project were
engaged in at least one subject,
and, where appropriate, gained
at least one award; 90% or more
young people were engaged in at
149

Page 150

58 
Outcome – all identified pupils:
By December 2022, 100% of young
people will be engaged in at least one
subject/award; 90% or more young
people will be engaged in at least
three subjects/awards; and 80% or
more young people will be engaged in
at least five subjects/awards.   
least three subjects and, where
appropriate, gained at least three
awards; and 80% of the young
people were engaged in at least
five subjects and, where
appropriate, gained at least five
awards. 
Workstream: Strengthening Relationships 
Project  Outcome  Measure  Evaluation-successes and
impact
CoSD By June 2023 there will be an SLC
Policy on Cost of the School Day. As
a result of this, by June 2023, at least
60% of schools will also have moved
from ‘Position Statement’ to ‘Policy’
showing commitment to reducing
CoSD. 
By June 2023, at least 60% of
schools will have engaged in CLPL on
Cost of the School Day and Poverty
Awareness and will have greater
knowledge and understanding of how
to reduce the CoSD in their schools. 
Number of school CoSD policies. 
Training engagement figures and post training
questionnaires. 
The ‘Cost of the School Day’
continues to be given a high
profile across South Lanarkshire
schools.  During session 22-23
approximately 240 staff
undertook Poverty Awareness
and Cost of the School Day
training.  This number includes
our Newly Qualified Teachers
who will start their careers with
an understanding of why poverty
can have such a devasting effect
on attainment and positive
destinations post-school.
A Working Party of experienced
school leaders across the 4
localities of South Lanarkshire
was created with the task of
creating official South
Lanarkshire Guidance to schools
on Cost of the School Day.  This
group met 5 times between
October and March.   Due to
150

Page 151

59
unforeseen circumstances this
task was not completed as
planned, although an early Draft
has been produced.  The
Guidance is now expected to be
completed by April 2024.  While
SLC schools were asked to have
moved from ‘position statement’
to ‘policy’ by June 2023, they
were subsequently advised to
wait for the official guidance
before finalising their Policy so
again, all schools will have a
suitable Policy in place by June
2024.
Several ‘good practice’ visits
were undertaken.
Building
Resilience/Bounce Back 
By June 2023, most pupils from target
group (1000 primary aged children),
will have increased resilience and will
have greater awareness of how and
when to seek further help/support for
their mental health and emotional
wellbeing as evidenced in Stirling
Children’s Wellbeing Survey. 
Stirling Children’s Wellbeing Survey. Baseline –
one week before project starts; follow-up one -
day after training; follow-up two - 6 months after
training. 
This academic year, Action for
Children delivered Bouncing
Back in 2 sessions in 36 Primary
schools, which equates to 77
classes. 1831 pupils attended
session one and 1784 pupils
attended session two. 1610
pupils who attended Bouncing
Back completed the feedback
questionnaire provided by Action
for Children which showed, post-
programme, that
•93% of pupils reported an
increase in their confidence  
•90.6% of pupils reported an
increased ability to cope better
with difficult/stressful situations
•87.5% of pupils reported they
would now know when to ask for
help
151

Page 152

60
•89.4% of pupils reported they
would now know who to ask for
help.
Further data collection was done
using pupil-completed Stirling
Wellbeing Scales. Of those
completed and returned, 744 had
complete pre and post Wellbeing
Scales. The low number of these
was due to unforeseen personnel
circumstances centrally and
confusion at a school level
between Action for Children’s
feedback questionnaire and the
Stirling Wellbeing Scale.
When looking at individual
schools, although all schools saw
a pre to post increase in overall
wellbeing (Fig. 1 and Fig.2), the
increase was statistically
significant in only 3 schools. 
4 schools submitted 6-month,
post-programme data from a
third pupil-completed Stirling
Wellbeing Scale. Across all 4
schools with 3 timepoints of data
collection, the average overall
wellbeing score increases slightly
shortly after the bouncing back
programme but then decreases
at the 6 month follow up to an
average lower than the initial
(pre) measurement (Fig. 3).
There appears to have been an
immediate post-programme
impact but not enough to warrant
continuation of spend on this
project. The small amount of 6
month post-programme data that
152

Page 153

61
was collected, showed that the
positive impact made did not
appear to last, which further
supports the decision to stop
providing this programme.
Nurture By June 2023, most staff attending
Boxall Training will have greater
knowledge and understanding of how
to use nurturing principles and
approaches in their schools, with a
particular focus on supporting
learners in Quintile 1. 
By June 2023, there will be a clear
outline of the key components of
effective targeted nurture approaches
in the primary sector (leading to more
attachment informed schools), leading
to rollout in Year 2. 
Pre and post questionnaires. 
Feedback from initial training and school support. 
By June 23, 95 people had
attended Boxall Profile Training
from 61 different
establishments/provisions (ASN,
Primary, Secondary, Early Years,
Specialist Support, Universal
Connections, Nurture provision,
Pathways Colleagues, Youth and
Family Support Workers).
Evaluation data from all
participants indicate positive
changes after participation in the
course with 91% of delegates
reporting increased confidence in
completing a Boxall and 99% of
delegates had a post-course
confidence level of 4 or above on
a 6-point scale. 96% felt that
their confidence in target setting
to meet identified needs had
increased post course; 99%
reported a confidence level of 4
or above on a 6-point scale. 96%
felt that their confidence in
identifying strategies to meet the
identified needs had increased
and 100% had a confidence level
of 4 or above on a 6-point scale.
97% felt that their confidence in
evaluating the targets set using
Boxall Profile had increased post
course, and 98% had a
confidence level of 4 or above on
a 6-point scale. 
153

Page 154

62
Following Boxall Profile Training
2 further courses were offered to
meet the identified next step
needs of delegates: Nurturing
Interventions Overview and
Leadership of Nurturing
Interventions. Data collected
from delegates shows that of the
85 colleagues who have
attended, at least 97% of
participants agreed/strongly
agreed that their knowledge and
understanding of how to use
nurturing principles and
approaches in their school, and
to support Q1 learners, has
increased as a result of attending
and they now have a clear
understanding of the key
components of effective targeted
nurture approaches in education
settings. 
A Nurturing Interventions Toolkit
has been compiled which will
further consolidate the clear
outline of the key components of
effective targeted nurture
approaches and ensure
dissemination of them to all SLC
colleagues. This will be
distributed early in the 23/24
session. 
Workstream: Curriculum 
Project  Outcome  Measure 
154

Page 155

63 
Evaluation-successes and
impact 
Numeracy By June 2023, most participants will demonstrate
improved confidence in planning, delivering and
assessing effective learning experiences in
numeracy as evidenced in the pre and post
questionnaires. 
By June 2023, most identified schools (schools with
high numbers of trained staff in Maths Recovery
and in year 2 of implementation) will show early
indications of improvement in numeracy attainment. 
Pre and Post questionnaires 
Numeracy ACEL data
The first cohort of staff have
already completed training in
‘The Learning Framework in
Number’ course, which is
specialist intervention training.
The majority of this cohort are
currently using the Maths
Recovery approaches within
their own establishment. Six
participants have progressed
onto the trainer programme;
their journey to becoming an
accredited trainer of Maths
Recovery will be completed by
the end of the 2023-24 session. 
The long-term plan is to have
these six accredited trainers
form an internal team of
accredited Maths Recovery
trainers. 
This will support the roll out of
Maths Recovery to all
appropriate staff over the next 4
years, embedding this approach
across all establishments.
A total of 270 teachers have
received training in Maths
Recovery to date.
The training programme is being
evaluated at every stage to
ensure that it is meeting the
155

Page 156

64
needs of our staff. 100% of
participants have stated that this
training will have a positive
impact on their classroom
practice. Careful analysis of our
data will ensure that we are
tracking the progress of our
learners and responding to need
as necessary. 
Literacy NELI 
By June 2023, most staff from participating primary
schools will have increased knowledge and
confidence in developing children’s early oral
language skills. 
NELI 
Post training evaluations 
Pre and post assessments
78 schools out of 125 are
engaging with NELI which is the
majority of our schools. 
Pre-training, 40% staff
respondents evaluated
themselves as ‘somewhat’
confident. In the post-training
survey, there were no
respondents evaluating
themselves as somewhat; only
very and extremely confident.
Post-training, staff evaluating
themselves as very confident
increased from 40% to 71%.
Post-training, staff evaluating
themselves as extremely
confident rose from 20% to
29%. 
In the implementation sample
schools, all learners improved
their early language skills.
Across all sample schools the
greatest improvement by
156

Page 157

65
By June 2023, most P1 learners in sample schools
(10% of schools engaging with NELI) will have
improved their early language skills. 
WRITING UNWRAPPED
By June 2023, there will be an understanding of the
strengths and areas of development in writing
curricula across SLC primary schools. 
WRITING UNWRAPPED
Literacy Survey, ACEL data, Gap
data, School visits 
learners was in the skill subset
of listening comprehension.  On
average, learners increased
their percentile rank by 39
percentiles. 
93 primary schools out of 124
schools responded to our
Literacy Survey.
For each aspect of Literacy,
survey information provided key
data across SLC about the
strengths and areas for
improvement. Simultaneously,
analysis of ACEL data
highlighted a dip in Writing
attainment at Primary 4 and
analysis of Gap data indicated
that the poverty-related
attainment gap in Writing  was
greatest at Primary 1.
As a result of data analyses, a
suite of Early Level Literacy
Materials was developed.
150+ practitioners from 93
schools (74% of all primary
schools in Year 1) attended a 2-
day CLPL programme for the
rollout of the SLC ‘Foundations
of Literacy in Primary 1 Pack’
(FLIPP), a curriculum resource
which is designed to strengthen
early literacy skills, particularly
writing skills. The CLPL included
input from Allied Health
157

Page 158

66
colleagues alongside Education
personnel. 127 participants
completed SLC feedback and
responses demonstrated a 3.86
out of 4 average satisfaction
rating.
All FLIPP materials, including
recorded FLIPP CLPL, are
available on the online Literacy
Hub which is accessible to all
teaching staff. FLIPP contains
materials for family learning.
Expectation is that FLIPP will be
rolled out across all schools
from August 2023.
In addition, Tools for Writing
materials were developed for
Early to Second Level. Materials
consist of research-informed
guidance and Progression
Pathways for  for Handwriting
and Grammar. These were
evaluated positively by schools
at a soft launch and are now
hosted in final form on our digital
Literacy Hub. 
158

Page 159

67 
Workstream: Learner Pathways 
Project  Outcome  Measure  Evaluation-successes and
impact
MCR Pathways By June 2023, Q1 learners (S3-S6) involved in
mentoring will show an improvement in attendance of
5 percentage points
SSR 1 & 2
Attendance statistics 
In most of the 9 SLC
Secondary schools where the
MCR Pathways programme is
delivered, the gap between the
attendance of Q1 learners
participating in MCR Pathways
group work or mentoring
compared to those in Q5 has
decreased from -5% to -
3%.  Although the overall
attendance of Q1 learners has
not increased by 5% points, in
a few of the 9 SLC Secondary
schools delivering the
programme there has been an
increase in the attendance of
Q1 learners by an average of
1% point. 
Personalised Support By June 2023 there will be a reduction of S4 leavers
across Secondary schools: currently 37% from
Quintile 1 compared to 9% from Quintile 5.  
The figure of 37% from Q1 will be reduced by June
2023 to 35%
16+ Risk Matrix
School level tracking & monitoring
processes
Attendance statistics 
SSR 1 & 2
Despite the challenges faced in
schools with post Covid non-
attendance, low attendance
and disengagement of some
more vulnerable learners, the
overall % of S4 leavers in
2021-22 was 11.4% (a
decrease of 1% point from
2020-21).  The percentage of
Q1 S4 leavers was 36.7%.  In
9 SLC Secondary schools we
have seen the % of Q1 S4
leavers reduce from 2020-21
from between 2-30% and in 3
of these Secondary schools it
159

Page 160

68
has been the lowest % of Q1
S4 leavers in 5 years. 
Wider Accreditation  By September 2023 there will be an increase of 2
percentage points  of Q1 leavers attaining 2@SCQF
level 5
2@5 2020/21 – 86.83% all leavers
- 72.36% Q1
- 95.79% Q5
2@5 2018/19 – 81.37% all leavers
- 67.41% Q1
- 92.25% Q5 
SSR 1 & 2
Insight – breadth and depth leavers,
improving attainment of all (national)
We are broadly in line with the
targets set for 2022-23 with
72.16% of Q1 leavers
achieving 2 qualifications at
SQCF level 5.  The gap has
narrowed between Q1 and Q5
learners achieving 2@5 by
0.2% points.  
We continue to provide support
and guidance to all SLC
Secondary schools with the
development of a wider
curriculum offer for all learners,
and in particular for Q1
learners.   
In 2021-22 there has been a
slight increase in 1@5 for Q1
leavers with 80.61%achieving
1@5 compared to 80.17% in
2020-21. The gap has
narrowed between Q1 and Q5
learners achieving 1@5 by
0.3% points. 
3rd Level Literacy &
Numeracy
By June 2023 there will be enhanced teacher
confidence in professional judgment of achievement
of Third level in Literacy and Numeracy across the
targeted schools 
By June 2023  there will be an improved
understanding of school level, ACEL and Insight data
for tracking progression from BGE into Senior Phase
accreditation of Literacy and Numeracy across the
targeted schools 
ACEL 
Insight  - Literacy & Numeracy
(national)
SSR 1 & 2 
The evidence we have at the
moment of ACEL in  Literacy
and Numeracy at Fourth level
indicate that we will meet the
requirements of the targets set,
both for the targeted schools
as well as overall SLC. 
Having run CLPL sessions for
targeted schools’ Literacy and
Numeracy co-
ordinators/Principal Teachers
160

Page 161

69
in 2022-23, and having created
a series of Insight sessions
with a focus on Literacy and
Numeracy, attendees’ overall
confidence in using Insight to
identify key areas for
improvement in
Literacy/Numeracy increased
overall from an average of 3/10
to an average of 7/10 by the
end of each session. 
Accreditation
Opportunities in Mental
Health and Wellbeing 
Rationale:
11 secondary schools are not approved/registered to
deliver Wellbeing Awards (Level 3-5) and 9
secondary schools are not approved/registered to
deliver Mental Health Award (SCQF 4+5). Trends
from Insight also show there is a reduction in
presentation for both awards over time across SLC. 
Outcome:
By June 2023, presentation numbers in both
Wellbeing Awards (Levels 3-5) and Mental Health
Award (SCQF 4+5) will increase for Q1 learners. 
Wellbeing Awards (Levels 3-5) and
Mental Health Award (SCQF 4+5)
presentation data.
Targeted school visits and
work with staff resulted in
increased awareness of Health
and Wellbeing accreditation
opportunities within PSE
curriculum.   
Most lead teachers (PSE) took
up the offer of additional CLPL
to enhance confidence and
improve knowledge on HWB
qualification delivery (including
opportunities for sharing good
practice and
resources).  Session 2023
recorded highest number of
schools presenting young
people for accreditation in
Wellbeing qualifications (Level
4 and 5), resulting in a direct
increase in achievement
through SQA and SCQF
qualifications.   
161

Page 162

70 
Equity Digital Support Officer 
Workstream: permeates across all workstreams 
Project  Outcome  Measure  Evaluation-successes and impact
Digital Inclusion 
Supporting Literacy and
Numeracy work in BGE
and SP
Improvement in device engagement to support
learning and teaching experiences in most schools
who have funded enhanced digital provision. 
Improvement in usage of basic tools including
Texthelp and Read&Write across SLC schools,
particularly schools with high numbers of Q1
learners. 
Increased engagement with functionality within
Google workspace, in particular Google Classroom
and apps, across SLC schools, particularly schools
with high numbers of Q1 learners.
Pre and post device
engagement levels from RM 
Pre and post device
engagement levels from
Texthelp. 
Feedback from CLPL 
Pre and post training
confidence levels and
usage 
In response to a review of PEF spend on
devices, current Chromebook device use
and the number of Quintile 1 learners
across SLC primary schools, 3 target
Primary Schools were selected to provide
bespoke training on Chromebook/iPad
functionality, accessibility tools and
Read&Write. 
St Elizabeth’s Primary, Spittal Primary and
Douglas Primary all received CLPL
sessions focused on getting the most out of
their devices to support learners. Follow up
sessions took place in May 2023, which
involved pupil workshops to build children’s
independence with using Read&Write in the
classroom, as well as a staff “round up”
session, exploring the extensive bank of
resources now available for staff and
parents to build capacity in using
Read&Write to support all learners. Staff
and pupil confidence levels both before and
after the sessions were gathered to
measure impact.   
As well as Read&Write Basics training
being delivered to the 3 target primary
schools, two colleagues from TextHelp
visited SLC in March 2023 to deliver pupil
workshops and staff CLPL across 4 primary
schools and 4 secondary schools to
162

Page 163

71
increase awareness of Read&Write and
build confidence in using this to support
learning. Parent Evenings also took place in
Biggar High School and Carluke High
School, which involved a chance for
parents and their children to explore the
toolbar in a practical, hands-on session.   
Impact:  
• Comparing March 2023 to March
2022, there has been an increase of
40.9% in active users, and 33.3%
increase in active events. Usage has
continued on an increased trajectory.  
• Where previously Read&Write use
would be zero over school holidays,
usage has risen, indicating pupils are
becoming more confident in installing
and using Read&Write at home.   
• Overall staff confidence in using
Read&Write to support learners has
increased from an average of 2 to 4
(on a 5 point scale).  
• Pupil confidence in using Read&Write
has also increased from an average of
2 to 4 (on a 5 point scale).   
Equity Digital Support Officer will also support Digital Schools Project and Wider Accreditation project. Outcomes and measures for these projects align
with the actual projects. 
163

Page 164

72
Appendix 4 - SEF Outcomes and Measures 2023/24 
SEF Outcomes and Measures 2023/24 
Workstream: Pedagogy 
Project  Outcome  Measure 
Play Pedagogy By June 2024, most staff participating will have increased knowledge
and confidence of play pedagogy at Early Level.
For 30 primary schools, the poverty-related attainment gap in literacy
will collectively narrow by June 2024.
For 30 primary schools, the poverty-related attainment gap in
numeracy will collectively narrow and attainment increase by June
2024. 
Confidence questionnaire comparing scores Pre
and Posts questionnaires. 
Teachers’ Professional Judgement to provide 30
Primary Schools’ aggregated P1 combined
Literacy ACEL data using SLC Poverty measure
(SIMD 1+2+FSM vs SIMD 3-10 no FSM). 
Teachers’ Professional Judgement to provide 30
Primary Schools’ aggregated P1 combined
Numeracy ACEL data using SLC Poverty
measure (SIMD 1+2+FSM vs SIMD 3-10 no
FSM).   
Workstream: Learner Engagement 
Project  Outcome  Measure 
Attendance Test of Change SLC Attendance (HWB)Stretch aim trajectories outlined in the SEF
plan 2023-24 to be achieved by June 2024 with a view to meeting
2025-26 published stretch aims for HWB - attendance, with an
ambitious sub-aim of exceeding those for participating schools.    
All participating schools involved in the targeted group project will set
their own individual school aims, and/or targeted group aims, to be  
Stretch aim data checked at key points (baseline
in August 2023, mid-point in January 2024 and
end point in June 2024) 
School aims reviewed at the following sessions –
November 2023 (baseline), Jan 2024 (mid-point
164

Page 165

73
achieved by June 2024. Schools will develop and set these by the
end of Session 2 (November 2023) 
1), March (mid-point 2) and May/June (end
point).   
Updated attendance custom report will support
target schools with this. This will be shared with
all participating SLC schools, they will be
encouraged to use this regularly to track progress
with attendance and use the info to plan
appropriate next steps in their school.  Assistance
will be required to gather monthly attendance
data for all participating schools in this
programme (input required from data officer). 
Clydesdale Virtual Schools By December 2023, 100% of young people, from the targeted
groups, will be engaged in at least one subject/award; 90% or more
young people will be engaged in at least three subjects/awards; and
80% or more young people will be engaged in at least five
subjects/awards. 
Data from tracking reports, observations and
feedback from class teachers and
parents/carers. 
Workstream: Strengthening Relationships 
Project  Outcome  Measure 
CoSD By June 2024 there will be an SLC Policy on Cost of the School
Day. As a result of this, by June 2024, 100% of schools will also
have moved from ‘Position Statement’ to ‘Policy’ showing
commitment to reducing CoSD. 
By June 2024, at least 60% of schools will have engaged in CLPL on
Cost of the School Day and Poverty Awareness and will have
greater knowledge and understanding of how to reduce the CoSD in
their schools. 
165

Page 166

74 
Nurture By June 2024, most staff, across all sectors, attending Nurturing
Interventions Overview training, Leading Nurturing Interventions
training and School-based in-service training will have greater
knowledge and understanding of how to use nurturing principles and
approaches in their schools, with a particular focus on supporting
learners in Quintile 1. 
By June 2024, most staff, across all sectors, attending Boxall Profile
Training will have a greater understanding of identifying needs,
selecting appropriate targets, strategies and resources for meeting
identified needs and for evaluating the success of their chosen
strategy. 
By January 2024, there will be a clear outline of the key components
of effective targeted nurture approaches in the Early Years, primary,
secondary and ASN sector (leading to more attachment informed
schools). 
Questionnaires 
Feedback from initial training and school support. 
Increased number of establishments presenting
staff for training. 
Pre and Post questionnaires. 
Published Nurturing Interventions Toolkit
distributed to all establishments and available
online. 
Workstream: Curriculum 
Project  Outcome  Measure 
Literacy By June 2024, most staff from participating primary schools will have
increased knowledge and confidence in developing children’s early
oral language skills. 
By June 2024, most P1 learners in sample schools (10% of schools
engaging with NELI) will have improved their early language skills. 
Post training evaluations 
Pre and post assessments 
Numeacy    
Pre and Post questionnaires 
166

Page 167

75
By June 2024, most participants will demonstrate improved
confidence in planning, delivering and assessing effective learning
experiences in numeracy as evidenced in the pre and post
questionnaires.    
By June 2024, most identified schools (schools with high numbers of
trained staff in Maths Recovery and in year 2 or 3 of implementation)
will show early indications of improvement in numeracy attainment.   
Numeracy ACEL data 
Lead Head Teachers  By June 24 all Lead HTs will have provided support to schools as
identified from the curriculum survey/ SQIPS/ QLO intelligence with
aspects of curriculum. 
By Nov 23 all lead HTs will have contributed to the development of
the curriculum audit tool 
Post evaluations of support from Lead HTs and
Supported Schools. 
Completed audit tool 
Curriculum SLC Refreshed Curriculum Narrative 
By June 2024, all primary schools will have improved knowledge and
understanding of the refreshed Curriculum narrative and access to a
range of support materials to assist them in building the curriculum.    
By June 2024, nearly all primary schools SQIPs will have targets
linked to the support materials produced. 
By August 24 all schools will be using progression frameworks for all
curricular areas and appropriate curriculum maps. 
Clear approaches to planning curriculum and progression pathways
will lead to improved learner attainment.    
HT evaluations from curriculum conference 
2024/2025 establishment SQIP 
Curriculum Audit (session 2024/25) 
167

Page 168

76 
Workstream: Learner Pathways 
Project  Outcome  Measure 
SLC Mentoring (MCR
Pathways and Enhanced
Personalised Support
programmes) 
By June 2024 there will be an increase of 1 percentage point of Q1
leavers attaining 1@SCQF level 5 
1@5 2021/22 – 90.03% all leavers 
• 80.61% Q1 
• 96.98% Q5 
By June 2024 there will be a reduction of S4 leavers across
Secondary schools: currently 36.7% from Quintile 1 compared to 9%
from Quintile 5.   
The figure of 36.7% from Q1 will be reduced by June 2024 to 35% 
Insight 
SSR1&2 
Wider Accreditation  By June 2024 there will be an increase of 1 percentage point of Q1
leavers attaining 2@SCQF level 5 
2@5 2021/22 – 85.23% all leavers 
• 72.16% Q1 
• 95.37% Q5 
Insight 
SSR1&2 
168

Page 169

77 
Appendix 5 – SEF Governance Structure
169

Page 170

Appendix 6 – Blank SEF Highlight Report 
Highlight Report
Workstream 
Pedagogy
Learner Engagement
Strengthening Relationships 
Curriculum
Learner Pathways 
Lead-  Name of Project-
Date Period
Progress and
impact made this
period 
(Bullet point
summary of key
achievements,
impact and
challenges)
• 
Work planned for
next period,
including any
deadilne
•  
Decisions/Actions
required from
SEF Core
Group/EMT
• 
RISK/ISSUES • 
Authors Contact
Details 
Additional reports
or information
papers
(Embedded) 
Allocated Funds  Spend to Date  Underspend/
Overspend
projected 
Strategic Equity Fund (SEF)
170

Page 171

Appendix 7 – SEF Reporting Core Group Update
SEF Planning and Reporting-Core Group Highlight Report Period- 
Project  Progress and impact made this
period
Work planned for next
period
Decisions/Actions
required from SEF Core
Group/EMT
Financial  Comments
PEDAGOGY
.
Project  Progress and impact made this
period
Work planned for next
period
Decisions/Actions
required from SEF Core
Group/EMT
Financial  Comments
LEARNER ENGAGEMENT 
.
Project  Progress and impact made this
period
Work planned for next
period
Decisions/Actions
required from SEF Core
Group/EMT
Financial  Comments
STRENGTHENING RELATIONSHIPS  
.
171

Page 172

80            
Project  Progress and impact made this
period
Work planned for next
period
Decisions/Actions
required from SEF Core
Group/EMT
Financial  Comments
CURRICULUM  
.
Project  Progress and impact made this
period
Work planned for next
period
Decisions/Actions
required from SEF Core
Group/EMT
Financial  Comments
LEARNER PATHWAYS 
.
172

Page 173

173

Page 174

174

Page 175

Appendix 2 P1/4/7 Literacy combined
8
175

Page 176

Appendix 3 P1/4/7 Numeracy
176

Page 177

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Executive Director Education Resources  
Subject:  Framework for Developing an Anti-Racist and
Decolonised Curriculum 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide an update on Education Resources’ commitment to Anti-Racism in
Education and on the new ‘Framework for Developing an Anti-Racist and
Decolonised Curriculum’ resource, launched to schools on 18 January 2024
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the new ‘Framework for Developing an Anti-Racist and Decolonised
Curriculum’ resource, launched to schools on 18 January 2024 which is shown
in Appendix 1 of this report, be noted; and
(2) that the ‘Framework for Developing an Anti-Racist and Decolonised Curriculum’
is recognised as a further commitment by Education Resources in taking
forward anti-racist education across schools and services in South Lanarkshire,
and this be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. Equalities 
Rights and Equalities is one of 4 key drivers within Education Scotland’s Inclusion,
Wellbeing and Equalities Professional Learning Framework. Currently accepted as
one of the most important priorities in Scottish Schools, Rights and Equalities sits at
9
177

Page 178

the heart of GIRFEC and UNCRC and is, therefore, the responsibility of all
practitioners. 
As part of this work, Education Scotland explores 6 areas where Inequality can cause
greatest impact on wellbeing. Racism is one of the key areas explored through the
framework. 
3.2. Education Resources is committed to placing inclusion and equality at the heart of the
strategic planning for South Lanarkshire Council. This being one of the five key
priorities for Education Resources (Appendix 2). Ongoing support is available to
schools via the Inclusion Education Service.  LGBTQ+, ASN and disability, care
experienced, equity and closing the gap are regular features in the Resources
professional learning offer, supported by national experts such as Hakim Din and Dr
Khadija Mohammed, and within the wider health and wellbeing agenda. 
3.3. To lead work in this area, the Inclusion Education Service (IES) is working in
partnership with the Curriculum and Quality Improvement Service (CQIS) to support
schools to navigate the 6 areas where inequality can cause greatest impacts.  Schools
will be asked to consider an area per year and will be provided with supports from the
two services to look at both their curriculum plus the more holistic outlook of their
school and its ethos in an attempt to tackle inequality and Get it Right for Every Child. 
3.4. For each of the 6 areas, supports will be provided to schools for:- 
1. Holistic input/Ethos of the school/PSE
2. Support to evolve the curriculum to better reflect the culture and characteristics
of all groups and individuals
3. Support to build equality networks for learners and staff
4. Recording/reporting incidents and mechanisms to support people affected by
inequality 
3.5.  In response to, and to capitalise on groundbreaking work on Anti-Racism developed
by colleagues in Strathaven Academy, it was agreed that ‘Anti-Racism and
decolonising the curriculum’ should be a key priority. One of the staff members
responsible for developing the work in Strathaven Academy was seconded to the
CQIS and has since developed cross authority guidance in this area. 
3.6. Scottish Government/Education Scotland Policy Context 
In June 2023, the Scottish Government launched its Anti-Racist Curriculum Principles,
arising from the Scottish Government’s Anti-Racism in Education Programme (AREP)
– one of its Curriculum Reform Workstreams. 
178

Page 179

3.7. Theme four of the Government’s Race Equality Framework for Scotland 2016-2030,
relates to Education and Lifelong Learning, and outlines the Scottish Government’s
vision that “Everyone has the opportunity to learn in an inclusive environment without
disadvantage in relation to racial inequality or racism.” 
3.8. Anti-Racist Education is seen to be integral to the 4 capacities of Curriculum for
Excellence. e.g. to become a responsible citizen, young people must be able to
acknowledge their own positionality. 
3.9. Anti racist education is an Integral part of the Equality Act 2010. 
3.10. Teaching in a diverse Scotland: increasing and retaining minority ethnic teachers, the
Scottish Government document, set a target of 4% of teachers from BME background
by 2030 (2023 figure was 1.8%). This would equate to hiring 200 BME teachers
throughout Scotland each year from August 2022 to 2030. This would equate to almost
12 BME teachers appointed in South Lanarkshire Council each year from 2022. 
3.11. The General Teaching Council for Scotland (GTCS) revised their Standard for Full
Registration to include the following revised statements:- 
 Respecting the rights of all learners as outlined in the United Nations Convention
on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) and their entitlement to be included in
decisions regarding their learning experiences and have all aspects of their
wellbeing developed and supported (Social Justice)
 Promoting and engendering a rights respecting culture and the ethical use of
authority associated with one’s professional roles (Trust and Respect)
 Challenging assumptions, biases and professional practice, where appropriate
(Integrity)
 Creating opportunities for learning to be transformative in terms of challenging
assumptions and expanding world views (professional skills and abilities) 
3.12. This level of systemic commitment provides the basis for the Resource to focus on
anti-racism in the curriculum as a first step, in line with government policy.       
3.13. The Resource recognised the need to produce guidance to support schools to develop
a context specific Anti-Racist culture and ethos. 
4. Research Undertaken
4.1. Education Resources worked closely with specialist colleagues in the Scottish
Government and other leading experts to ensure support for South Lanarkshire
schools is in line with current national guidance and research. 
4.2. Using evidence based research as a foundation, a Framework was then developed to
provide schools with some background and support/guidance around the
implementation of the Anti-Racist Curriculum Principles and the development of anti-
racist education more generally. 
4.3. Education Resources now have a representative on Education Scotland’s Curriculum
Co-Design group on Social Justice, Rights and Equalities, thus giving the CQIS and
IS insight into work being done nationally around equalities. This also developed a
contact network for Education Resources across Scotland. It is expected that the Anti-
Racist and decolonised curriculum guidance will be extended into other areas to
ensure the inclusion agenda is fairly reflected in all aspects of our authority curriculum. 
179

Page 180

5. Supports Around Anti - Racist Curriculum Now in Place for Education
Establishments 
5.1. A ‘Framework for Developing an Anti-Racist and Decolonised Curriculum’ was
launched to Head Teachers on Thursday 18 January 2024. (Appendix 1). 
5.2. The framework sets out what anti-racist education is and what ‘decolonising the
curriculum’ means. 
5.3. The framework was written to be used in partnership with the Resource’s Skills
Framework. 
5.4. The Framework has been supplemented by a week long series of professional
learning presentations/workshops during Race Equality Week (5 to 11 February 2024).
The professional Learning programme features opportunities to hear from local and
national experts in Anti-Racist education. 
5.5. An ‘Anti-Racist Education’ section has been created within the Resource’s digital
learning platform the ‘Staff Learning Centre’ to provide staff with a plethora of supports:
a range of diversity texts for children, videos (for pupils and as part of professional
learning activities), professional reading documents and a range of lessons and lesson
ideas across the curriculum. 
5.6. Further staff sessions will be provided later in the year as a follow up to those during
Race Equality Week. 
5.7. Schools have been asked to share updates and photos from their Race Equality Week
activities on social media using #SLCRaceEqualityWeek 
5.8. The work of the CQIS on the anti-racist curriculum principles will be supplemented by
the Inclusion Service.  A new Resource: The inclusion Hub is available to practitioners
on Glow and has a page on Anti-Racist Education. Resources suitable for PSE and,
in particular, relating to the Equality Act will be uploaded for schools.  Examples of
Good Practice from schools on PSE lessons and Equalities Work will be shared. 
5.9. Schools have been encouraged to set up Pupil Equality Groups.  Hamilton Grammar
School has been identified as an example of good practice; Pupil Diversity, Equality
and Inclusion ambassadors have been appointed. Initial training to this group was
delivered by the IS in June 2023. The pupil group now contributes to PSE lessons and
have developed a Diversity, Equality and Inclusion calendar with events and causes
they would like the school to highlight.   This practice was shared during a IES led
‘Respectme Session’ on Anti-bullying and was attended by over 50 schools. A
recording of this work is available for schools to view on the Inclusion Hub. 
5.10.  Hamilton Grammar was the first school in South Lanarkshire to achieve the Respect-
me Anti Bullying Award. 
5.11. Updated guidance to schools on the recording and monitoring of bullying incidents was
issued in August 2023.  This was to ensure all incidents are recorded on the Seemis
Bullying and Equalities module which allows prejudice-based bullying to be monitored.
This can be interrogated at Local Authority level and allows senior officers to track the
number of racist incidents and support schools accordingly.  
180

Page 181

6. Next Steps
6.1. IES and CQIS to continue to develop guidance and resources to support schools to
include equalities in 2024/2025 Improvement Plans. 
6.2. New National Anti-Bullying Guidance is expected in 2024 with a more robust focus on
racism and the recording of racist incidents.  The IES will develop an action plan in
response to recommendations. 
6.3. The cross service work will centre around a ‘windows and mirrors’ approach -
windows; children can gain insight into a diverse range of lives, and mirrors; children
can see themselves represented in the curriculum. 
7. Employee Implications
7.1. There are no employee implications associated with this report. 
8.   Financial Implications
8.1. There are no financial implications associated with this report. 
9.  Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability and the environment in
terms of the information contained in this report. 
10.   Other Implications
10.1. There are no direct risks associated with this report. 
11.   Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
11.1. There is no requirement to carry out an assessment in terms of the proposals
contained within this report. 
11.2. Consultation and engagement on the development of the new Framework document
took place with schools, Scottish Government and other partners. 
Carole McKenzie
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
15 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Education and learning: inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening
partnerships 
Previous References
None 
List of Background Papers
 Equality Act 2010.
 Anti-Racist Curriculum Principles, 
 Scottish Government’s Anti-Racism in Education Programme (AREP) 
Contact for Further Information
181

Page 182

If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:- 
Stewart Nicolson, Head of Education (Senior Phase) 
Ext: 4468   (Tel: 01698 454468 )
E-mail:  stewart.nicolson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
182

Page 183

1
Education Resources
Anti-Racist and
Decolonised
Curriculum
Framework for developing an
SLC 
print proof
9
183

Page 184

2
Vision Statement
In their Race Equality Framework for Scotland 2016-2030,
the Scottish Government have developed six themed
visions in order to achieve their aim “to create a Race
Equality Framework based on the priorities, needs and
experiences of Scotland’s minority ethnic communities.”1
Theme four of this framework relates to Education and
Lifelong Learning, and the Government’s vision is that
“Everyone has the opportunity to learn in an inclusive
environment without disadvantage in relation to racial
inequality or racism.”2
Article 29 on the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child
also relates to education. It states that “States Parties agree
that the Education of the child shall be directed to: (c) The
development of respect for the child’s parents, his or her own
cultural identity, language and values, for the national values of
the country in which the child is living, the country from which
he or she may originate, and for civilisations different from his
or her own.”3
Our responsibility then, as educators in South Lanarkshire is
to create schools and classrooms where all our learners feel
valued and treated equally. Our commitment to, and approach
towards anti-racist education should empower learners to
engage with an increasingly diverse Scotland.
This document aims to support schools in delivering an
anti-racist approach and therefore, it has attempted to
minimise the amount of terminology used, to keep it as
straightforward for the user as possible. However, we also
recognise that terminology around race, is an area that brings
great uncertainty to many practitioners and therefore, would
advise looking at The Coalition for Racial Equality and Rights
(CRER)’s glossary in Appendix 2 of their ‘Introduction to 
Anti-Racist Curriculum Development: A guide for teachers’.4
1 Race equality framework for Scotland 2016 to 2030 - gov.scot (www.gov.scot)
2 ibid
3 https://www.unicef-irc.org/portfolios/general_comments/GC1_en.doc.html
4 Anti-Racist Curriculum Development - Crer Document.pdf
Please note the definitions used in this glossary is not definitions that everyone will agree with.
SLC 
print proof
184

Page 185

3
Diversity in Scotland
The 2011 census in Scotland showed that
8.2% of Scotland’s population
was made up by minority ethnic
communities, this equates to 
around 450,000 people.
This is part of a growing trend given that
these numbers are considerably higher than
those recorded in the 2001 census. So, we
can expect the percentage in 2023 to be
higher still.
The Annual Data Check for South
Lanarkshire Council pupils in 2022-2023 
showed that 11.7% of our pupils 
come from a minority ethnic
background, again part of a growing trend.
This framework will use the term ‘minority
ethic’ as this refers to all people in Scotland
who are not part of the majority ethnic group
‘white Scottish’ or ‘white British’.
What is ‘racism’?
Race cannot be understood in scientific
terms, in fact, scientists have said that groups
that we tend to group under the term race do
not actually have any distinct, unifying genetic
identities. Race is a social construct, designed
by colonialists to justify their immoral
treatment of those deemed ‘different’ to them
based on appearance. Racism, however, is
very real and affects every student in our
schools, whether they are aware of it or not.
Despite increased anti-racist legislation, 
we continue to see a growth in intolerance
and racism.
The Coalition for Racial Equality and Rights
(CRER) is a Scottish anti-racism charity
based in Glasgow.
They define racism in its Scottish context5:
The term ‘racism’ is technically most
applicable to prejudice or discrimination
against groups which have historically
been racialised, with implications
around skin colour and specific forms
of stereotyping. The background to
racism in Britain lies in history. During
the time of the British Empire, theories
that people could be divided into ‘racial’
groups linked to ethnicity became
popular. These theories, although
untrue, made it easier for Britain to
downplay the brutality of slavery
and colonisation. ‘Other races’ were
portrayed as inferior and in need of
‘help’ from Britain. This impacted the
racial stereotypes we see today, where
BME people are often treated as though
they are ‘different’ in comparison to the
‘normal’ white Scottish community. This
sense of difference underpins racism.
Racial prejudice can be obvious or
hidden, and sometimes the people
who hold this prejudice lack the
knowledge they need to recognise it
in themselves. Someone doesn’t have
to feel particularly hostile towards
people from a BME group in order to
have racist attitudes or to act in a racist
way. Racism has persisted for so long,
and is so tied up with the way society
and organisations operate, that it has
become embedded across all areas of 
life in nations like Scotland. We can 
see its impact through continuing 
racial inequalities in areas such 
as employment, income 
and housing.
5 CRER and respectme’s publication Addressing Inclusion: Effectively Challenging Racism in Schools
SLC 
print proof
185

Page 186

4
The Principles of delivering an 
anti-racist education (this document 
will be explained later) also refer
to systemic racism, which can be
understood as racism that is embedded
in laws, systems, policies, practices and
beliefs that produce and maintain racial
inequality or prejudice.
What is anti-racist
education?
Anti-racist education is:
• Learning that works proactively to prevent
and challenge racism that exists within 
our society.
• A focus that aims to make Scotland the
best possible place for our young people
to grow up where they will have the
opportunity to learn in an environment that
is inclusive and supports equality.
• Learning with the UN Convention on the
Rights of the Child at its heart.
• Schools developing an ethos and a
curriculum that helps everyone to
understand the discomfort many minority
ethnic young people may face from being
constantly noticed in racial terms.
• Learning that incorporates viewpoints
outside of the white-Scottish or Eurocentric
perspective, integral throughout courses,
not an add on.
• A way of ensuring that our schools can help
to begin counteracting the disadvantage
that minority ethnic young people and their
families face, not only in our schools, but
also in the wider community.
• Children exploring what they think
‘normal’ means, abandoning any sense of
ethnocentrism, and seeking to challenge
the Eurocentric mindset that has become
what they tend to constitute as ‘normal’.
Anti-racist education is not:
• About simply recognising and celebrating
diversity, it must provide learners with
opportunities to explore stereotypes,
prejudice, racism and discrimination.
• Just tackling negative ideas and behaviours
around race, but it should actively work to
alter young people’s negative assumptions
around race and things that have even
become subconsciously acceptable
because they exist as social norms.
Decolonising the curriculum
Racialisation is an abuse of power and a tool
with which to subvert and control people.
It is a concept that was accelerated during
colonial times where many European nations,
largely Britain (with Scotland playing a key
role in this), took control of other nations
against their will. At the peak of her Empire,
Britain controlled around one quarter of the
world. The notion of race was used by these
European colonists to justify their oppression
of people in these colonised countries as
sub-human and ‘lesser’ than the white man
colonising them. Western views of race
have continued to be influenced along these
lines even after the emancipation of these
nations. Decolonising the curriculum then, is
about moving away from these Eurocentric
assumptions and perspectives.
Studying topics such as colonialism, the
Transatlantic Slave Trade and migration of
Scottish people can help our learners to
understand how much these historic events
have influenced perspectives, traditions and
cultures today. This can be done across the
curriculum and not just in History lessons. A
Home Economics teacher for example, could
build this into a lesson about sugar.
Decolonising the curriculum isn’t about
completely changing the way things are done
in school, it is about integrating a wider range
of perspectives into our lessons. This should
include building in histories and stories of
minority ethnic people in Scotland. It should
also aim to build more global narratives into
our teaching.
SLC 
print proof
186

Page 187

5
Establishments must create a climate and
environment where anti-racist education
is supported and can thrive. Curriculum
for Excellence (CfE) provides some good
opportunities within the curriculum to study
race related topics such as the Transatlantic
Slave Trade and aspects of migration to
Scotland. While these are helpful, we need
to go beyond this to create a truly anti-racist
approach. We should aim to normalise
diverse perspectives throughout the
curriculum. This should include opportunities
to develop perspectives around current world
issues as well as the historical colonial based
race related topics.
The Scottish Government have set out
their Principles on delivering an 
Anti-Racist Curriculum in the document
entitled ‘Breaking the Mould’7. These
Principles come in two parts: part one
gives Principles for our young people (the
framework will look at this later); and part
two relates to the role of our educators
and leaders.
It is crucial that we create a culture of open
discussions to allow our young people to
work towards developing solutions to racism.
Before we can do this, we must create a
climate where our staff feel comfortable to
talk about issues of race to help develop their
capacity and understanding.
Samena Dean carried out a questionnaire of
one hundred Muslim children in Edinburgh
and found that learner confidence in teachers’
ability to deal with racist incidents is low and
this often results in learners not reporting
incidents of racism (Islamophobia in this
instance).6 It is the case that practitioners
within our establishments often do not feel
equipped to deal with incidents of racism.
Therefore, we must ensure that the staff are
confident in talking about racism, by providing
professional development opportunities and
appropriate platforms for discussion. Staff
must be supported to feel well equipped in
acknowledging and dealing with incidents of
racism, but also to prevent racism occurring in
the first instance.
Guidance for leaders within our establishments
6 Dean, S (2016)’Islamophobia in Edinburgh Schools’ Islamophobia in Edinburgh Schools | SACC
7 Breaking the mould – Our Curriculum must be an Anti-Racist Curriculum (education.gov.scot)
SLC 
print proof
187

Page 188

6
These principles are as follows:
Our educators and leaders: 
► Will commit to continual personal and
professional learning to develop a high
level of racial literacy. 
► Will investigate and actively challenge
all manifestations of racism in everyday
behaviours, resources, attitudes,
practices and processes. 
► Will reflect upon their assumptions 
and biases, their racial and social
identities and those of others, and
consider the impact these have on their
professional practice. 
► Will feel confident in teaching an 
anti-racist curriculum and in supporting
learners to be anti-racist. 
► Will co-design and enact a curriculum
that takes learners’ lives and
experiences as a starting point,
and actively source and introduce
a diversity of perspectives, texts,
identities and voices. 
► Will foster an anti-racist culture where
racism can be discussed openly,
honestly and with humility, and with
a willingness to take risks and make
mistakes while remaining accountable
for their actions. 
► Will demonstrate personal and
collective leadership across the
education system, both in actively
promoting an anti-racist culture 
and in supporting people who
experience racism. 
► Will safeguard against racism and
discrimination, understanding those as
a source of serious harm for learners,
colleagues, families, carers and wider
community members. Racism will be
understood in the context of GIRFEC
wellbeing indicators, children’s rights
and human rights.
Central to this, is developing a curriculum 
with our young people, and not just for them.
Thus, we must find a platform to give young
people a voice in the development an 
anti-racist curriculum.
It is also crucial that practitioners within
our establishments feel comfortable and
confident in dealing with issues around race
and therefore, centres have an obligation to
ensure that staff have the necessary training
and supports to do this.
Before any establishment can create
the desired culture and ethos, they must
understand their current culture, in terms
of race. An audit of the views of key
stakeholders should allow leadership a 
good overview of their current climate. 
They would then be able to use the 
Principles above to inform where areas of
change are required. All stakeholders should
be consulted and involved throughout this
process of change. Once the desired culture
is obtained within a school, then teachers
can be supported to begin incorporating the
first part of the Principles into their day-to-day
teaching practice.
Teachers will need supported throughout the
process of embedding the Principles into their
day-to-day practice and, it is crucial that the
Principles are met across the curriculum and
as frequently as possible (although this should
be naturally occurring). These Principles do
not need a system of tracking and monitoring,
this should be thought of as a cultural change
in the delivery of curriculum, rather than
another bureaucratic exercise for teachers.
SLC 
print proof
188

Page 189

7
The place of anti-racist
education in South
Lanarkshire Council’s
Framework for the Curriculum
South Lanarkshire Council Priority for 
2022-23, “Ensure inclusion, equity and
equality are at the heart of what we do.”
When developing our curriculum rationale,
it is important to look at the development of
our young people under the four capacities.
Minority Ethnic young people struggle to
develop under the four capacities if they are
not represented within the curriculum. For
example, one of the attributes of becoming
a Confident Individual is Self-Respect.
Responsible Citizens need to have respect for
others, and this can only be obtained if they
have an understanding of ‘others’.
Guidance for
practitioners
Part one of ‘Breaking the Mould’ focuses on
what an anti-racist curriculum should look like
for our young people. These are not a series
of benchmarks that we want to track in our
young people, they should be ingrained and
evident throughout our courses.
These principles are as follows:
Our children and young people: 
► Will experience a curriculum that
meaningfully recognises and fairly
represents the rich and diverse
communities in Scotland and beyond. 
► Will understand and enquire into
Scotland’s role in historical world
events, including trans-Atlantic
enslavement and colonial histories, and
their continuing impact today. 
► Will learn about and investigate
past and present events in a way
that amplifies under-represented
perspectives and stories. 
► Will feel safe and confident to 
co-design their curriculum from their
personal perspectives and those of the
wider world. 
► Will be critical thinking global citizens
that challenge discrimination and
prejudice through an understanding
and awareness of the behaviours,
practices and processes that create
injustice in the world. 
► Will learn the difference between
individual and systemic racism, their
impacts, and how they intersect or
connect with other types of injustice. 
► Will be supported to reflect on
positionality, privilege and power,
and to unlearn bias, prejudice and
divisiveness. 
► Will learn that everyone has a right
to be safeguarded from racism and
discrimination, and will be empowered
to challenge any infringement of 
this right. 
► Be empowered to bring about new
ways of being together in the world
by valuing and promoting empathy,
solidarity and shared humanity that is
often disrupted by systemic racism.
SLC 
print proof
189

Page 190

8
Its place in the Skills Framework
The skills aligning to each Principle will wholly
depend on each practitioner’s approach and
this is not a one size fits all.
The table shows the skills colour coded under
the 4 capacities to show that sometimes,
as young people progress through the
stages, one Principle can cover many skills,
depending on the lesson and approach used
by the class teacher. Red represents the skills
covered under ‘Successful Learners’, blue is
‘Confident Individuals’, purple is ‘Responsible
Citizens’ and green is ‘Effective Contributors’.
These examples aim to show that building an
anti-racist curriculum can help us to develop
skills, at various stages, in learners across the
4 capacities.
The work that we do in our classrooms to
develop an anti-racist curriculum need not
be new and should, in fact, link in with all our
messages around Curriculum for Excellence.
The South Lanarkshire Council Skills
Framework is a very useful place to start this
journey. By looking at the skills developed
within the four capacities we can see how
instilling that anti-racist message within our
young people, will better prepare them for life
in our diverse and ever-changing society.
The following table shows examples of skills
that could be developed in the delivery of the
anti-racist curriculum Principles as well as the
success criteria covered by it.
Please note that these are only examples and
not an exhaustive list.
Principle
Our children and
young people:
Relevant skill(s) Success criteria
Will experience a
curriculum that
meaningfully recognises
and fairly represents
the rich and diverse
communities in Scotland
and beyond.
Open minded
Giving information
Stage 1
I can recall the different Minority Ethnic
groups that live in Scotland.
Stage 4
I can use a range of platforms to give
information that represents the variety of
Minority Ethnic groups across Scotland.
Will understand and
enquire into Scotland’s
role in historical world
events, including 
trans-Atlantic enslavement
and colonial histories, 
and their continuing
impact today.
Higher order thinking
Critical thinking
Courage
Stage 3
I can draw connection between Scotland’s
role in the trade and immorality of the wealth
Glasgow received as a result.
Stage 4
I can consider the view that Glasgow
deserves to keep the wealth that they gained
from the slave trade and show present
arguments and opinions to justify this, even
although I find this position indefensible.
Stage 2
I can speak out when I see an injustice.
SLC 
print proof
190

Page 191

9
Principle
Our children and
young people:
Relevant skill(s) Success criteria
Will learn about and
investigate past and
present events in a way
that amplifies under-
represented perspectives
and stories.
Receiving information
Respect
Story telling
Stage 4
I can analyse/evaluate information that I
have received to effectively understand
under-represented perspectives.
Stage 3
I can acknowledge the values, opinions and
attitudes of different groups within society
and compare them to my own.
Stage 4
I can select and tell a story of an 
under-represented person/people to
motivate others.
Will feel safe and
confident to co-design
their curriculum from their
personal perspectives and
those of the wider world.
Empathy
Recognising reliable
sources of information
Risk taking
Creativity
Stage 4
I can begin to ‘step into another’s shoes’ 
to view thoughts and feelings from 
another perspective.
Stage 3
I can compare more than one article about
the same topic to support my own writing.
Stage 4
I can assess, plan for and overcome
potential risks that may arise when trying 
to achieve my goals.
Stage 1
I can use my imagination to create a 
project/story/model/picture.
Will be critical thinking
global citizens that
challenge discrimination
and prejudice through
an understanding
and awareness of the
behaviours, practices
and processes that create
injustice in the world.
Critical thinking
Develop and maintain
relationships
Taking responsibility
Stage 3
I can make decisions based on evidence
that I have presented to me.
Stage 3
I can describe negative behaviours
and factors that contribute to negative
relationships, and how these can create
injustice in the world.
Stage 4
I can use my knowledge of injustice and
actively take a stance against it.
SLC 
print proof
191

Page 192

10
Principle
Our children and
young people:
Relevant skill(s) Success criteria
Will learn the difference
between individual and
systemic racism, their
impacts, and how they
intersect or connect with
other types of injustice.
Emotional literacy
Higher order thinking
Stage 2
I can describe the influence that people,
situations, and events have on people’s
emotions.
Stage 2
I can explain the difference between
concepts like individual racism and 
systemic racism.
Stage 3
I can explain the connections between
racism and other types of injustice like 
equal opportunities.
Will be supported to
reflect on positionality,
privilege and power, and
to unlearn bias, prejudice
and divisiveness.
Courage
Curiosity
Stage 4
I can step out of my comfort zone by
challenging my own thinking and the thinking
of those around me by reflecting on my
position in society and things understood as
‘societal norms’.
Stage 1
I can ask interesting questions about my
surroundings.
Will learn that everyone
has a right to be
safeguarded from racism
and discrimination,
and will be empowered
to challenge any
infringement of this right.
Integrity
Encouraging
Stage 2
I can demonstrate commitment to 
anti-racism in my words and actions.
Stage 2
I can use encouraging words to motivate
others to stand up against racism.
Be empowered to bring
about new ways of being
together in the world by
valuing and promoting
empathy, solidarity and
shared humanity that
is often disrupted by
systemic racism.
Listening
Emotional literacy
Thinking critically 
and creatively
Imagination
Empathy
Stage 4
I can respond to the views of others by
analysing/evaluating information and 
thinking critically.
Stage 4
I can identify and implement strategies
to manage and moderate emotions in
increasingly unfamiliar situations.
Stage 3
I can overcome problems I encounter by
considering a range of solutions.
Stage 4
I can produce and simulate novel ideas
in my mind and apply these to real life
situations.
Stage 4
I can begin to ‘step into another’s shoes’
to view thoughts and feelings from another
perspective.
SLC 
print proof
192

Page 193

11
Ideas for activities8
Activities that incorporate a number of
representatives from a variety of ethnic
groups can help combat potential views of
the ‘in-group’ and ‘out-group’. “Co-operative
learning activities where a diverse group have
to work together to achieve a goal, with each
person playing their part in this, have been
shown to be particularly effective.”9 Using
stories of friendship between minority ethnic
and majority ethnic groups can also help to
break down barrier and challenge ways of
thinking. In the same way, using examples of
minority ethnic people that are unlikeable can
help to reinforce negative ideas.
Further support and lesson ideas will 
become available on the Staff Learning
Centre in due course.
Glossary
Minority Ethnic – refers to all people in
Scotland who are not part of the majority
ethnic group ‘white Scottish’ or ‘white British’.
BME – This is the preferred term used
by CRER in Introduction to Anti-Racist
Curriculum Development: A guide for
teachers’ and stands for ‘Black and 
Minority Ethnic’.
Ethnocentrism – the assumption that our
own ethnic group and its perspectives are
more valuable and ‘normal’ compared to
those of other groups.
Systemic racism – racism that is embedded
in laws, systems, policies, practices and
beliefs that produce and maintain racial
inequality or prejudice.
Decolonising the curriculum – a move
away from the Eurocentric ideas and
perspectives that are currently embedded in
our curriculum.
8 CRER Anti-Racist Curriculum Development (squarespace.com) p31
9 ibid p31
SLC 
print proof
193

Page 194

12
If you need this information in another format or language, 
please contact us to discuss how we can best meet your needs.
Phone: 0303 123 1015
Email: equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk
Produced for Education Resources by Communications and Strategy. 065861/Dec23
SLC 
print proof
194

Page 195

Appendix 2  9
195

Page 196

196

Page 197

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Executive Director (Education Resources)  
Subject: Scottish Youth Parliament Elections 2023 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to: -
[purpose]
 provide an update on the outcome of the South Lanarkshire Scottish Youth
Parliament (SYP) elections 2023 
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Education Resources Committee is asked to approve the following
recommendation(s): -
[r
(1) that the commitment and contribution of South Lanarkshire Youth Council
(SLYC) to the youth agenda be noted; 
(2) that the continued contribution and participation in local planning issues be
noted;  
(3) that the success of the outgoing Members of the Scottish Youth Parliament be
recognised; and
(4) that the successful candidates, as highlighted in paragraph 4.9, be welcomed
to their positions serving their communities for their 2-year term.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. Members of South Lanarkshire Youth Council and Youth, Family and Community
Learning staff, in partnership with secondary schools, colleges, universities, and
local youth groups, organised and delivered council wide elections to democratically
elect nine South Lanarkshire members of the Scottish Youth Parliament. 
3.2. Attached as Appendix 1 is the election process that was undertaken to promote and
elect to the nine positions. 
4. Scottish Youth Parliament Elections 2023
4.1. The elections opened on 6 November 2023 and concluded on 19 November 2023. 
4.2. During this time, young people from across South Lanarkshire were encouraged to
participate in a paper ballot election process to elect nine MSYPs from a total of 19
candidates. 
4.3. Establishments were offered support from staff to discuss how to effectively engage
young people in the process of voting and how to create that process within their
establishment. 
10
197

Page 198

4.4. For those young people who were out of the school age range or were not attending
mainstream school for specific reasons, the opportunity to vote was presented by
visiting their local Universal Connections facility.   
4.5. The elections for 2021 saw approximately 8,000 votes cast, with the elections for
2019 seeing 7,700 votes cast.  The elections for 2023 saw approximately 7,500
votes cast, however, there was no contest for the Rutherglen Constituency which
previously returned over 2,000 votes.  Taking account of this, an estimated turnout of
over 9,500 voters could have been expected, demonstrating a continued increase in
voter turnout each election. 
4.6. Nationally, the voting process was delayed due to an issue with the online voting
system.  This issue is still affecting some local authorities with some elections
expected to conclude as late as March 2024. 
4.7. Volunteers from St Andrew’s and St Bride’s High School were supported by staff to
conduct the official count that was expertly run under the diligence of South
Lanarkshire Council’s Electoral Office.  The whole process was conducted in 3 hours
which included several recounts. 
4.8. Attached as Appendix 2 is a breakdown of the voting figures for each ward and
below is the outcome of the election: 
4.9. For the Clydesdale Constituency, the following candidates were duly elected:- 
 Joseph MacMillan Seed
 Louise Smith 
For the Hamilton, Larkhall and Stonehouse Constituency, the following candidates
were duly elected:- 
 Namatai Chakona
 Peter Durkin 
For the East Kilbride Constituency, the following candidates were duly elected:- 
 Connor MacLeod
 Nandika Sunny 
For the Uddingston and Bellshill Constituency, the following candidate was duly
elected:- 
 Olivia Simpson 
For the Rutherglen Constituency, the following candidates were duly elected:- 
 Marianna Medina
 Ava Hamilton
4.10. None of the 9 MSYP elects has been an MSYP previously. They will officially take
office at the first sitting at the end of March 2024. Crisantos Bonaba Ike will continue
in his position, as he is the Convenor of the Diversity and Inclusion Committee, until
the AGM in March 2024. 
198

Page 199

4.11. The Scottish Youth Parliament support team in South Lanarkshire is grateful to the
outgoing MSYPs for the dedication, passion, and hard work they have put in to
representing their constituencies. 
4.12.  Over their 2 years between 2021 and 2023, MSYPs led and participated in several
initiatives to progress the youth agenda in South Lanarkshire and add weight to the
voices of their peers.  This included: 
 Let’s Connect – Young People’s Mental Health Conference February 2023. 
Taking a lead role in supporting Educational Psychological Service in the
planning of the event, SYP members compered and spoke at the event which
had inputs from schools, Stigma Free Lanarkshire, Soundsational (connecting
through music), and a theatrical piece written and performed for the conference
by the junior cast of Regen:FX Youth Trust’s ‘The Street’
 Launch of South Lanarkshire Youth Strategy 2022 to 2025, recognising the
efforts of young people and partners, particularly during COVID lockdown, in
ensuring services reached young people and that young people were able to
explore and set the priorities for partners for 2022 to 2025.  SYP and SLYC
members presented the Strategy to their peers and partners demonstrating
their own time invested in continuing to develop the Strategy online throughout
COVID, to ensure that the youth agenda remained public and present during
the challenges to services and communities
 Presenting to the Education Management Team, SYP members promoted the
importance of continued dialogue, in particular, direct dialogue, with young
people to understand and progress the challenges and issues that they
experience, growing up in South Lanarkshire
 Participation in the Anti-racism in Education Reform Subgroup – Crisantos
Bonaba attended this national group on behalf of the Scottish Youth Parliament
to review curriculum and develop anti-racist resources to support education in
schools across Scotland
 Attendance at the South Lanarkshire Partnership Board development session
on Climate and Nature Loss, October 2023. Along with members of the South
Lanarkshire Youth Forum on Climate Change and Sustainability,  Bethany
Ivison joined the Youth Forum team to highlight sustainability issues with a
focus on fashion 
4.13. MSYP elects took position on 1 February 2024 and are starting their training with the
Scottish Youth Parliament to prepare them in their role prior to the March 2024
sitting.  This process begins with an online module entitled “SYP Getting Started”. 
This module provides a link to complete the SYP’s Skills Builder and gives additional
background information they need about SYP. 
4.14. In addition to this, support staff in South Lanarkshire will be working with MSYP
elects to impart knowledge and experience as well as help them develop their
personal and social skills to maximise their time and effort as an MSYP.  Several
unsuccessful candidates have continued engagement within South Lanarkshire
Youth Council. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. There are no employee implications associated with this report. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. There are no financial implications associated with this report. 
199

Page 200

7.  Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1.  There are no negative implications for climate change, sustainability or the
environment in terms of the information contained within this report. 
8. Other Implications
8.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained in this report. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. There are no Equality Impact Assessment or consultation arrangement implications
associated with this report. 
9.2. Consultation continues to be carried out with appropriate stakeholders including
young people, youth councillors, Scottish Youth Parliament, Youth Learning Services
staff and partners. 
Carol McKenzie
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
7 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Education and learning: inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening
partnerships 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact: -
Anne Donaldson, Head of Education (Inclusion)
Ext : 4468 Tel: 01698 454468
E-mail: anne.donaldson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk   
200

Page 201

Appendix 1 
SYP 2023 elections process 
• Every 2 years in November, South Lanarkshire hosts council wide elections for young
people aged 12-25 to elect 9 young people to represent them at the Scottish Youth
Parliament.
• From July, candidate registration opens online for young people aged 14-25 to stand.
• Candidates are required to complete an online registration and will be automatically
sent a confirmation e mail and contact details of the local election co-ordinator. 
• The registration process requires candidates to complete a simple online module to
ensure they are aware of what the SYP does and the roles and responsibilities of
elected MSYPs prior to their registration being excepted.
• From registration opening date, promotion begins. Online posts using appropriate
social media sites are uploaded and preparation for visits to schools, youth groups
etc., are planned. During this time promotional visits are organised to summer youth
groups
• During the new term school visits begin. Promotion includes presentations to school
assemblies and classes, break time and lunchtime information stalls and where
possible, video presentations for the school TV network.
• Evening visits to identified youth groups throughout South Lanarkshire are arranged to
ensure as many young people are informed of this opportunity as possible.
• During these promotional visits, school management and youth group staff are
informed the details of the voting process due to take place in March.
• Deadline date for end of registration is flexible but is usually in November. After this
date candidates can be registered at our discretion.
• Candidates are then supported to produce a manifesto to help with their campaign for
election.
• From the beginning of campaigning until the election voting takes place candidates
are grouped into their constituencies and campaign visits are arranged to local
schools, colleges and youth groups. These visits are arranged and supported by
Youth, Family and Community Learning Service staff.
• Throughout this time discussions are ongoing with partners to arrange the voting
process.
• The voting process involves partnership work with South Lanarkshire’s election staff to
arrange for ballot boxes and polling station resources to be loaned to our service to
set up polling stations. Arrangements for South Lanarkshire’s printing services are
made to print ballot papers for all polling stations, up to 25000 ballot papers can be
required.
• Throughout late October the polling station resources, and ballot papers are delivered
throughout South Lanarkshire.
• Each polling station is run by local staff in schools, youth facilities and community
centres and supported by SLYC members and Youth, Family and Community
Learning staff. This requires detailed discussions with partners to identify appropriate
people. We encourage young people not involved in the election process to volunteer
to help this process and previous years have shown that this encouraged more young
people to vote as well as offering a learning opportunity for the volunteers, whose
volunteering is recognised and rewarded through Saltire volunteering awards.
• After voting has closed, usually mid-November, the count has to be organised and all
ballot boxes are collected and delivered to the count venue.
• The count takes place in East Kilbride Universal Connections games hall, as its large
enough to accommodate counting staff and resources.
201

Page 202

• The count is organised by South Lanarkshire elections staff and up to 30 young
volunteers from a local school. All candidates and their families are invited to observe
the process and the final election results. South Lanarkshire’s Chief Executive is
invited to act as the returning officer.
• Once the results are announced all used ballot papers are stored in a secure place
until the next election and all polling station resources are returned to the election
staff.
• Throughout December 2023 to February 2024 the new elected MSYPS attend training
and workshops on the roles and responsibilities and planning for their first national
sitting in March 2024. 
202

Page 203

Appendix 2                            
Constituency  Clydesdale  Date of election Monday 6 November to
Sunday 19 November 2023 
Electorate 4,083
Total votes cast 1,912
Turnout % 46.63 % 
I, Gordon Stewart, Depute Returning Officer for the Scottish Youth Parliament Election in the
Clydesdale Constituency hereby give Notice that the total number of votes polled for each candidate at
the election was as follows:-
Candidate Number 
of votes
Share
CONNELL Mhairi  154 8 %
FRAME Mitchell  279 15 %
NICOL Ellie  299 16 %
SEED Joseph Macmillan  824 43 %
SMITH Louise  345 18 %
Total Valid Votes 1,901 100% 
Reason for rejection Number 
of votes 
Lack of official mark or unique identifying mark 0 
Voting for more than one candidate 2 
Writing or mark by which the voter could be identified 1 
Unmarked or void for uncertainty 5 
Total Rejected Votes 8 
The following candidates are duly elected to serve as a Member of the Scottish Youth Parliament
for the Clydesdale Constituency:-
Name of Candidate  JOSEPH MACMILLAN SEED
Name of Candidate LOUISE SMITH       
Depute Returning Officer
Thursday 30 November 2023 
Scottish Youth Parliament Election Declaration of 
Constituency Result 10
203

Page 204

Appendix 2                            
Constituency  East Kilbride  Date of election Monday 6 November to
Sunday 19 November 2023 
Electorate 5,109
Total votes cast 2,588
Turnout 50.66% 
I, Gordon Stewart, Depute Returning Officer for the Scottish Youth Parliament Election in the
East Kilbride Constituency hereby give Notice that the total number of votes polled for each
candidate at the election was as follows:-
Candidate Number 
of votes
Share
DURIE Leah 257 10 %
KEOGH-MCLEOD Philippa 531 21 %
LOGAN Caitlin 232 9 %
MACLEOD Connor 811 32 %
SUNNY Nandika 742 29 %
Total Valid Votes 2573 100% 
Reason for rejection Number 
of votes 
Lack of official mark or unique identifying mark 0 
Voting for more than one candidate 6 
Writing or mark by which the voter could be identified 2 
Unmarked or void for uncertainty 7 
Total Rejected Votes 15 
The following candidates are duly elected to serve as a Member of the Scottish Youth Parliament
for the East Kilbride Constituency:- 
Name of Candidate  CONNOR MACLEOD
Name of Candidate NANDIKA SUNNY     
Depute Returning Officer
Thursday 30 November 2023 
Scottish Youth Parliament Election Declaration of 
Constituency Result
204

Page 205

Appendix 2                            
Constituency  Hamilton, Larkhall
and Stonehouse  Date of election Monday 6 November to
Sunday 19 November 2023 
Electorate 6,926
Total votes cast 2,830
Turnout 40.86% 
I, Gordon Stewart, Depute Returning Officer for the Scottish Youth Parliament Election in the Hamilton,
Larkhall and Stonehouse Constituency hereby give Notice that the total number of votes polled for each
candidate at the election was as follows:-
Candidate Number 
of votes
Share
BRAT Andrei 364 13 %
CHAKONA Namatai 872 31 %
DURKIN Peter 728 26 %
MACGREGOR Charles 325 12 %
SZUMINSKI Konrad 508 18 %
Total Valid Votes 2,797 100% 
Reason for rejection Number 
of votes 
Lack of official mark or unique identifying mark 0 
Voting for more than one candidate 11 
Writing or mark by which the voter could be identified 12 
Unmarked or void for uncertainty 10 
Total Rejected Votes 33 
The following candidates are duly elected to serve as a Member of the Scottish Youth Parliament
for the Hamilton, Larkhall and Stonehouse Constituency:- 
Name of Candidate  NAMATAI CHAKONA
Name of Candidate PETER DURKIN       
Depute Returning Officer
Thursday 30 November 2023 
Scottish Youth Parliament Election Declaration of 
Constituency Result
205

Page 206

Appendix 2 
Constituency  Uddingston and
Bellshill  Date of election Monday 6 November to Sunday 19
November 2023 
Electorate 1,231
Total votes cast 201
Turnout 16.32 % 
I, Gordon Stewart, Depute Returning Officer for the Scottish Youth Parliament Election in the
Uddingston and Bellshill Constituency hereby give Notice that the total number of votes polled for each
candidate at the election was as follows:-
Candidate Number 
of votes
Share
SIMPSON Olivia  162 82 %
STRONACH Andrew  35 18 %
Total Valid Votes 197 100% 
Reason for rejection Number 
of votes 
Lack of official mark or unique identifying mark 0 
Voting for more than one candidate 2 
Writing or mark by which the voter could be identified 0 
Unmarked or void for uncertainty 2 
Total Rejected Votes 4 
The following candidate is duly elected to serve as a Member of the Scottish Youth Parliament for
the Uddingston and Bellshill Constituency:-
Name of Candidate  OLIVIA SIMPSON     
Depute Returning Officer
Thursday 30 November 2023 
Scottish Youth Parliament Election Declaration of 
Constituency Result
206

Page 207

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Executive Director (Education Resources)  
Subject: Underage Use of e-Cigarettes and Vaping 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 provide a progress update on the steps being taken forward by Education
Resources and partner agencies to raise awareness amongst children and young
people on the potential risk to their health through vaping and the environmental
damage being caused due to irresponsible discarding of these products 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the steps being taken by Education Resources in partnership with NHSL
Public Health and other partners since the last report to committee in
September 2023, to raise awareness amongst children and young people of
the effects of vaping, be noted;
(2) that the proposed actions being put for forward by the Scottish Government as
part of a national UK campaign be noted; and
(3) that the proposals as highlighted in paragraph 7 of this report be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. On the 24 May 2023, the Council considered a motion in terms of Standing Order No
20, submitted on 9 May 2023 which stated that, “South Lanarkshire Council is
concerned at the health and environmental harm caused by the increasing use,
particularly by young people, of Disposable Nicotine Vapour Products (DNVPs/
vapes). 
3.2. Research suggests that almost one in five (18%) of adolescents have tried vapes.
Zero Waste Scotland estimates that up to 26 million disposable vapes were consumed
and thrown away in Scotland in the last year, with 10 per cent being littered and more
than half disposed of incorrectly. 
3.3. The Scottish Government announced, on 5 September 2023 in its Programme for
Government, its intent to ban single-use vaping products in response to concerns over
their negative environmental and health effects. 
3.4. In January 2024, the Scottish Government in line with plans by the UK Government
announced their intention to ban single use vapes and raise the tobacco age of sale
so that no one born on or after 1 January 2009 can ever legally be sold tobacco in
Scotland.
11
207

Page 208

3.5. Ministers agreed to take forward the recommendations following a consultation on
‘Creating a Smokefree Generation and Tackling Youth Vaping’ which ran across
Scotland, England, Wales and Northern Ireland last year. 
3.6. The report also recommends that powers are taken to restrict vape flavours, how
vapes are displayed in stores, their packaging and product presentation, along with
powers to regulate other nicotine products.  In addition, it suggests measures which
are already underway or in place in Scotland, including restrictions on non-nicotine
vapes and powers for local authorities to issue Fixed Penalty Notices for breaches of
age of sale legislation for tobacco products and vapes. 
4. Next Steps and Actions for Schools and Educational Establishments
4.1. The actions agreed by South Lanarkshire Council on 24 May 2023 were as follows: 
i) the Council welcomes the review of the impact of single-use disposable vapes
instructed by the Scottish Government and calls on it to take urgent action to
ban their sale. The Council also welcomes the forthcoming publication of the
Scottish Government’s Tobacco Action Plan, which will consider a range of
interventions with an emphasis on reducing smoking and vaping among
children and young people. 
ii) that the Chief Executive writes to the Minister for Green Skills, Circular
Economy and Biodiversity to convey the Council’s view that a ban on the sale
of DNVPs be introduced as soon as is practicable. 
iii) that a paper is brought forward to a future meeting of an appropriate committee
regarding issues which educational establishments are currently experiencing
with vaping, the actions which the Council and its partners are taking and could
take to reduce the use of vaping products amongst children and young people
and the potential of a communications campaign to raise awareness of such
issues. 
4.2. A report on the actions being taken forward by Education Resources, in partnership
with NHSL Public Health and other partners, was presented to the Education
Resources Committee on 23 September 2023. 
4.3. In summary, the report presented to committee in September 2023 highlighted the
following:- 
 Public health information shows there is increasing e-cigarette use amongst
young people across Scotland.  
 In South Lanarkshire, it is reported that there has been an 18-fold rise in
disposable vapes amongst vape users from January 2021 to April 2022.  
 The National Health and Wellbeing Census showed one in ten 15-year-olds
regularly vape, a rate which has tripled in the last five years.
 Discarded vapes present a risk of the leak of toxic chemicals which are deemed
to be harmful to children, pets, wildlife, and water systems.
 Refillable vape kits (which are recyclable), do not have the same environmental
impact, but are marketed differently and are less likely to be an impulse purchase
made by children and young people .
 Disposable vapes, originally introduced to help curtail tobacco and nicotine use,
is now being seen, not as a cessation tool for existing cigarette smokers, but as
having a higher than proportionate use amongst children and young people. 
208

Page 209

This, in turn, has the potential to create a whole new generation of children and
young people addicted to nicotine products. 
4.4. Whilst parental and personal responsibility remain the key factors to effect change
along with better information on the public health risk, there is, nevertheless, a role for
schools to play in raising awareness and helping to be catalysts of change amongst
children and young people.  The context for this being through the health and wellbeing
curriculum supported by a public health information campaign. This would help to open
up conversations with children and young people on the potential harm through
continued use of vaping products and on the damage to the environment being caused
through the discarding of these products on streets and communities. 
5. Progress Update
5.1. Some key aspects that have and continue to be taken forward by the council, and
Education Resources in partnership with NHSL Public Health, the Scottish
Government and other partners are as follows. 
Actions by South Lanarkshire Council and Education Resources
5.2. It is worth noting that South Lanarkshire Council did write formally to the Scottish
Government asking for actions to be taken to reduce the impact of vaping amongst
children and young people and the environmental impact. 
5.3. Following the Education Resources Committee meeting in September 2023,
Education Resources proactively engaged with NHSL and Health Protection Scotland
to help influence the design and nature of the public health campaign and on whether
a local competition at this time would add value.  The advice provided was to let the
national campaign be the starting point, as this is built around recent evidence-based
research (see paragraph 5.7) which centres on the fact that e-cigarettes were
introduced as an alternative to tobacco smoking with the aim of ‘creating a smoke free
generation’. 
Scottish Government
5.4. A new marketing campaign informing parents, carers and school pupils of the dangers
of vaping has been launched by the Scottish Government. 
5.5. It comes as a new Tobacco and Vaping Framework is published, setting out actions
which will be taken to create a tobacco-free generation by 2034. 
5.6. The Framework for reaching the 2034 goal includes action to raise the age limit for
sales of tobacco and plans to improve services to help people quit. In addition, the
Scottish Government will continue to review what further action is needed to limit the
appeal of vapes to children, young people and non-smokers during the first phase of
the framework which will run until November 2025. 
5.7. The ‘Take Hold’ marketing campaign will increase awareness of the harms and risks
of nicotine addiction associated with vaping, with schools across Scotland provided
with digital guidance packs and resources for posters along with radio and outdoor
advertising. Its key message is that vapes may quickly become harmfully addictive for
children and young people, affecting their concentration, mental health and mood. 
Public Health Research
5.8. In a study by Smith et al (2023), linked to the UK Government Consultation on
‘Creating a Smoke Free Generation’, the findings showed, that disposable vapes were
designed in such a way as to be attractive to young people. The brightly coloured
209

Page 210

products along with the different variety of flavourings, particularly sweet flavourings,
encouraged young people to try them. Whilst not being aware of the ingredients of
disposable e-cigarettes, the perception was that they were less harmful than
cigarettes. They also associated colour with flavour, which should also be considered
when looking at the whole product.  A copy of the research paper is attached as
Appendix 1 to this report and any reference publicly must acknowledge the source. 
Young People’s Views 
5.9. When young people were asked in the study by Smith et al, how this could be changed
the most common answer was to make them all taste like tobacco. 
LANDED Vaping Survey 2023/2024
5.10. Following on from two previous successful surveys on Cannabis and Alcohol. NHS
Lanarkshire has commissioned LANDED, a young persons’ charity based in
Lanarkshire, to consult with young people between the ages of 11-25 on Vaping. The
results from this survey will be used to shape future services for young people. The
survey closed on the 31 January 2024. 
5.11. To date, three schools have received a free presentation as part of the funding for the
survey:- 
 Strathaven Academy
 Trinity High School
 Duncanrig High School 
5.12. From these three schools, LANDED got around 2,500 responses to the survey. It now
costs around £500 per school to take up the offer of a bespoke presentation from
LANDED.  LANDED takes an informal approach when working in the classroom and
their workshops are suitable for S1 to S6 pupils. 
5.13. LANDED have also produced a series of posters aimed at children and young people
to help them to not to take up vaping as long-term it is likely to lead them moving on
to cigarettes and other nicotine products. www.landed.info/free-vaping-resouces. 
6. Actions by Education Resources
6.1. Education Resources will take the lead on curriculum-based activities:- 
 plans are in place for next session to continue to raise awareness and share good
practice across establishments – including new IDL lesson plans being produced
by NHS Lanarkshire and other resources which are currently being trialled by the
West Partnership
 Healthy Schools Programme - designed by teachers from North and South
Lanarkshire in collaboration with local NHS and health and social care staff, the
framework covers learners from nursery through to the final year of high school
and aligns with the Curriculum for Excellence experiences and outcomes. It
attempts to address the determinants of unhealthy behaviours and enhance the
children’s ability to make positive choices
 new resources and materials will be highlighted to schools for dissemination
amongst learning communities including Head Teacher supports available from
Link Officers
 planned and appropriate action will be delivered by representatives of CQIS on
supporting schools, co-ordinated by the Quality Lead Officer with responsibility
for Curriculum (HWB)
210

Page 211

 the active engagement of children and young people through the Youth Council
and at individual Pupil Council level will help to shape and influence the way
ahead over this school session. 
6.2. Actions Currently Being Taken Forward by Schools and Services  
Preventative Measure
6.3. Education Resources have sought to explore what practical measures can be taken
to prevent the use of vaping products in and around the school environment with some
other local authorities.  In Inverclyde, for example, they have embarked on a small-
scale pilot with a high school to install monitors in corridors and in toilet areas (similar
to smoke detectors) with a wi-fi based app alerting members of the schools senior
management team.  Prior to introduction, pupils and parents were informed that this
was being introduced as a measure to prevent the use of vapes inside the school
building.  Early indications are that this is having an impact with evidence of less
disposable vapes being discarded on school premises.  Grant funding was used to
offset the costs and a medium to long-term funding option is being considered and
assessed in light of the financial pressures on budgets. 
7. Proposals and Actions for the Council and Partner Agencies
7.1. The following proposals are presented for noting:- 
7.1.2 Education Resources continue to work in partnership with NHSL public health on
evidence-based promotional programmes to help raise awareness more widely on the
health impact of under 18’s and to change the narrative associated with the
glamourisation of vaping products. 
7.1.3  An authority wide poster competition to engage with children and young people in
schools and educational settings is carried forward into the new term in August 2024
to enable the national programme to be rolled-out as step one and to ensure any
impending legislative changes by the Scottish Government are taken account of. 
Actions being taken forward  What will be done
Schools will use the South Lanarkshire
Council recommended resource for HWB
curricular delivery - ‘Healthy Schools’
Within the topic Substance Misuse
(3rd Level), vaping and the use of e-
cigarettes is covered in detail with
resources available for staff to use in
the classroom. 
HWB co-ordinators in schools will promote
the use of new learning materials
e-learning training courses available
for staff from partner agency ASH
Scotland who support schools in
tackling underage misuse of e-
cigarettes and tobacco. 
Schools will engage with children and young
people through pupil voice platforms
Using the voice of pupils to design
and create resources which raise
awareness of the harm being done by
vaping and in identifying preventative
steps which they believe will have an
impact. 
211

Page 212

7.1.4 Education Resources be invited to look at options associated with the introduction of
sensors in school, buildings and to take a cost-benefit analysis approach and to
present a report on the feasibility, findings and options to a future meeting of the
Education Resources Committee. 
7.1.5 The council’s Trading Standards Team is responsible for any actions on enforcement
with regards to the sale of e-cigarettes and vaping products to children and young
people in local communities. 
8. Employee Implications
8.1. There are no employee implications attached to this report. 
9. Financial Implications
9.1. Financial implications will be managed from within existing budgetary resources.
Noting that a cost benefit analysis will be undertaken on a proposal to explore the
feasibility of introducing sensors into school buildings. 
10. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
10.1. Reference is made in this report on the damage to the environment being caused
through the discarding of vaping products on streets and in local communities. Zero
Waste Scotland in June 2023 has published an equality impact assessment on the
use of vaping products in communities. 
11. Other Implications
11.1. There are no further risk implications identified other than those contained in the report
and noting that a pan Lanarkshire approach with NHSL Public Health and other
partners are key players in assessing the risks and identifying appropriate actions. 
12. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
12.1. This report does not present a new strategy, policy or plan and is, therefore, not subject
to equality impact assessment. 
12.2. There was no requirement to undertake any formal consultation in terms of the
information contained within this report although engagement with partners, agencies
and the professional associations and trade unions is a key factor if we are to work
together to effect change, including direct engagement with children and young
people. 
Carole McKenzie
Executive Director (Education Resources Resources) 
12 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Education and learning: inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening
partnerships 
Previous References
 Education Resources Committee – September 2023
 Council – 24 May 2023
212

Page 213

List of Background Papers
 Study by Smith et al (2023), linked to the UK Government Consultation on ‘Creating a
Smoke Free Generation’
 Zero Waste Scotland – environmental impact report (June 2023) 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Des Dickson, Education Operations Manager
Ext:  4495  (Tel:  01698 454495)
E-mail:  des.dickson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
213

Page 214

214

Page 215

1Smith MJ, et al. BMJ Open 2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2022-068466
Open access
Youth’s engagement and perceptions of
disposable e- cigarettes: a UK focus
group study
Marissa J Smith    ,1 Anne Marie MacKintosh,2 Allison Ford,2 Shona Hilton    1
To cite: Smith MJ,
MacKintosh AM, Ford A, et al. 
Youth’s engagement and
perceptions of disposable
e- cigarettes: a UK focus
group study. BMJ Open
2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/
bmjopen-2022-068466
► Prepublication history for
this paper is available online.
To view these files, please visit
the journal online (http://dx.doi.
org/10.1136/bmjopen-2022-
068466).
Received 23 September 2022
Accepted 03 March 2023
1MRC/CSO Social and Public
Health Sciences Unit, University
of Glasgow, Glasgow, UK
2Institute for Social Marketing,
University of Stirling, Stirling, UK
Correspondence to
Dr Marissa J Smith; 
marissa. smith@ glasgow. ac. uk
Original research
© Author(s) (or their
employer(s)) 2023. Re- use
permitted under CC BY.
Published by BMJ.
ABSTRACT
Objectives Evidence suggests that use of flavoured
disposable electronic cigarettes (e- cigarettes) is
increasing. Considering the growing popularity and rapid
evolution of e- cigarettes, we explored youth’s perceptions
and engagement with disposable e- cigarettes.
Design Twenty focus groups were conducted between
March and May 2022, with 82 youths aged 11–16 living in
the Central belt of Scotland.
Methods Youths were asked about smoking and
vaping behaviours and disposable e- cigarettes and
were shown vaping- related images and videos from
social media which were used to stimulate discussion
about different messages, presentations and contextual
features. Transcripts were imported into NVivo V.12, coded
thematically, and analysed.
Results Youths described disposable e- cigarettes as
‘cool’, ‘fashionable’ and enticing and viewed as a modern
lifestyle ‘accessory’. Tank models were perceived as
being used by older adults. Youths stated that disposable
e- cigarettes were designed in a way to target youths and
the brightly coloured devices and range of flavourings
encouraged youths to want to try the products, particularly
sweet flavourings. Participants perceived e- cigarettes to
be less harmful compared with combustible cigarettes
but noted the uncertainty of ingredients in disposable e-
cigarettes.
Conclusions Youths distinguish between e- cigarettes
with varying characteristics and social perceptions of
users. These findings provide evidence that disposable
e- cigarettes are attractive to youths. Future research is
needed to understand the factors that contribute to youth
perceptions of disposable e- cigarettes. Policymakers
should work together to design and implement policies
and strategies to prevent youth uptake of vaping.
BACKGROUND
The use of e- cigarettes among youths in
Great Britain (GB) has increased in 2022
compared with 2021; however, use among
never- smokers remains low and mostly
experimental.1 2 Since the development of
e- cigarettes, public health researchers and
tobacco control advocates have debated the
role of e- cigarettes as a harm reduction tool.
Proponents of e- cigarette harm reduction
believe e- cigarettes can play a role in elimi-
nating smoking- related diseases and consider
them to be a breakthrough in harm reduc-
tion development.3–5 Whereas opponents of
the e- cigarette harm reduction debate argue
that caution should be taken when endorsing
e- cigarette products until crucial evidence
becomes available.6 E- cigarettes are often
termed a short- term tobacco harm reduc-
tion tool, as they do not contain tobacco
or tar which are known to cause numerous
smoking- related diseases, including cardio-
vascular disease. A newly published Cochrane
review7 found that nicotine e- cigarettes were
superior to placebo e- cigarettes and at least
as effective as nicotine replacement therapy
(NRT) for smoking cessation, which is consis-
tent with findings from other randomised
controlled trials.8–10 In addition, the review
stated that there is moderate certainty in
the evidence that nicotine- containing e- cig-
arettes increase the quit rate compared with
NRT and non- nicotine- containing e- ciga-
rettes.7 Despite differences in opinion within
the public health community regarding the
value of e- cigarettes in harm reduction for
adults, there is broad consensus on the need
to protect young people from initiating
vaping.11
Since the development of the first e- cig-
arette in 2003, there are now a variety of
models or ‘generations’ available. First-
generation e- cigarettes (sometimes referred
STRENGTHS AND LIMITATIONS OF THIS STUDY
⇒ This research offers timely insights into youths
perceptions about the growing use of disposable
e- cigarettes.
⇒ It provides an in- depth analysis from interviews with
a diverse sample of 82 youths aged 11–16.
⇒ Our findings present new evidence on how youths
experience targeted e- cigarette marketing via social
media content as visual prompts.
⇒ Our qualitative thematic analysis of the data allows
depth of opinions but cannot offer predictions about
the frequency of specific opinions with a wider
population.
11
215

Page 216

2 Smith MJ, et al. BMJ Open 2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2022-068466
Open access
to as ‘cigalikes’) were disposable and designed to mimic
the look and feel of combustible cigarettes.12 Over time,
new e- cigarette types were developed to more effectively
deliver nicotine contained in e- liquid. Second- generation
e- cigarettes are larger and are generally refillable using
e- liquids.13 Third- generation e- cigarettes (tanks or mods)
are much larger than the previous generations and are
refillable and rechargeable.12 14 They are modifiable
devices (‘mods’), meaning the user can customise the
substances in the device15 and adjust the power of the
device to give a stronger throat hit.16 17 The fourth gener-
ation of e- cigarettes is called ‘Pod Mod’. They contain a
prefilled or refillable ‘pod’ or pod cartridge with a modi-
fiable ‘mod’ system (‘Pod- Mod’).14
Recently, disposable e- cigarettes (such as ‘Puff- bar’,
‘Elf- bar’ or ‘Geek- bar’) have started to dominate the
market.18 Disposable e- cigarettes retail for around £5–£7
(US$7–US$9) in the UK—about half the price of a pack of
20 cigarettes.19 In GB, data captured in 2022, found that
disposable e- cigarettes have become the most common
device type (52.0% compared with 7.7 % in 2021), with
Elf Bar and Geek Bar being the most popular brands.1
Despite the popularity of disposable e- cigarettes, little is
known about the design, chemical characteristics, or how
they may impact health.
Considering the rapid growth and popularity of dispos-
able e- cigarettes, this research aims to explore youth’s
perceptions and engagement with disposable e- cigarettes,
awareness of product characteristics, appeal of products
and flavours, perceptions of harm, perceived target group
and purchasing behaviours. User- generated and influ-
encer marketing content on social media represents a key
influence on young people’s understandings of products.
It is essential to monitor the content that young people
access related to e- cigarettes and through focus groups
with youths, so we can understand how young people
relate to that content, why e- cigarettes might appeal to
youths and why they need protected, which would not be
feasible with population surveys.
METHODS
We conducted 20 focus groups between March and May
2022. Focus groups included between three and five partic-
ipants (a total of 82 participants). Purposive sampling
was used to recruit a diverse sample of youths in terms of
sex, socioeconomic background and smoking and vaping
status. Eleven groups were recruited through youth
workers in local youth organisations. These gatekeepers
handed out information sheets and helped achieve the
sampling frame in terms of youth demographics and
experiences with regard to traditional cigarettes and e- cig-
arettes. The three organisations that helped with partic-
ipant recruitment worked specifically with young people
from disadvantaged backgrounds in urban areas. This
recruitment strategy resulted in the inclusion of a range
of participants from more affluent and more deprived
backgrounds and with experiences of smoking and
vaping. Seven groups were recruited through the Schools
Health and Wellbeing Improvement Research Network
(SHINE) Newsletter which is distributed monthly to over
500 schools in Scotland. The remaining two groups were
recruited via personal networks directly by MS.
Focus group discussions were facilitated to allow the
research team to explore how opinions about dispos-
able e- cigarettes are developed. Friendship groups of 3–5
participants were used to facilitate in- depth insights and
promote participant interaction. Each participant was
given a £20 shopping voucher as compensation for their
time.
Prior to the start of the focus groups, participants
completed a short anonymous questionnaire about their
age, sex, postcode, smoking and e- cigarette use status. For
both traditional cigarettes and e- cigarettes, the question-
naire asked participants to specify whether they had tried
or used them in the past or were using them at the time of
the study. Based on a review of the literature a topic guide
was developed which covered three key areas, including
different types of e- cigarette products and flavours,
perceptions of harm and purchasing behaviours.
Images of different types of e- cigarettes (‘tanks’, dispos-
ables and pod devices) and e- liquids were used as conver-
sation starters. Group discussions were facilitated by MJS.
Ten of the groups were conducted online using Micro-
soft Teams and 10 were conducted face- to- face. Of these,
one of the groups was conducted on the youth organi-
sation’s premises, and the other nine were conducted
at the school, with representatives of the youth organi-
sation present. Groups lasted between 40 and 66 min.
Field- notes reflecting on the focus group and individual
issues discussed were written up for each group. All focus
groups were audio- recorded with participants' permis-
sion and transcribed verbatim. We conducted thematic
analysis of the data from the interview transcripts and
discussion group minutes. The process followed Braun
and Clarke’s20 six- phase framework for thematic anal-
ysis. The steps involved were: (1) familiarisation with
the data; (2) generating initial codes; (3) searching for
themes; (4) reviewing themes; (5) defining and naming
themes; and (6) writing the report.20 The research team
read and reread the transcripts to become familiar with
the data, and then iteratively constructed a coding frame
based on the topic to enable consistent organisation of
relevant data. NVivo was used to organise categories on
the basis of inductive themes that emerged from close
reading of the, capture of both areas of agreement and
less typical perspectives across a range of categories. Each
transcript was imported into NVivo V.12, coded inde-
pendently, cross- checked and analysed by MJS and SH.
Contradictory cases and group dynamics were discussed,
making use of transcripts and field notes. The researcher
reflected on her role as researcher, remained constantly
aware of her position and took care not to introduce
bias throughout the research. To further reduce bias the
researcher recorded the focus groups and analysed them
some time after they were completed ensuring a more
216

Page 217

3Smith MJ, et al. BMJ Open 2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2022-068466
Open access
reflective view point of occurrences. Ethical approval for
the study was obtained from the University of Glasgow’s
Medical and Veterinary Life Sciences Ethics Committee
(reference 200210034).
Patient and public involvement
None.
RESULTS
Participant characteristics
Eighty- two youths aged 11–16 years participated (47
females (57%) and 35 males (43%)) in this study. This
sample represented a wide diversity in sociodemographic
characteristics and smoking- related behaviours. The age
distribution within the sample was skewed slightly towards
14–15- year- olds, with 14- year- olds making up the largest
subgroup (n=24). While the majority of participants
did not currently smoke or use e- cigarettes, the sample
included 10 smokers and 18 youths who used e- cigarettes.
Table 1 describes the focus group composition and partic-
ipants in more detail and table 2 summarises smoking
and e- cigarette use among the sample.
Product characteristics
Youths referred to disposable e- cigarettes as vapes or
disposable vapes. Participants described products based
on product characteristics including rechargeable/
disposable and design (small vs large). Some reported
that the disposable variety were not e- cigarettes and the
rechargeable were.
They [disposable e- cigarettes] aren’t real ‘’cause they
are disposable, they aren’t real vapes. (Male, current
smoker, current vaper)
Product characteristics such as design were also used
to classify products. Participants discussed disposable
Table 1 Focus group location, participants and their cigarette smoking and e- cigarette use
Group Area Sex Age Cigarette smoker E- cigarette use
1 Affluent Female 13–15 Never Never
2 Affluent Female 14–15 Never Mixed: never (4)/tried (1)
3 Affluent Female 13–16 Never Mixed: never (2)/tried (1)
4 Deprived Mixed: male (3)/female
(2)
12–15 Mixed: never (3)/
current (2)
Mixed: never (3)/tried (1)/
current (1)
5 Deprived Mixed: male (1)/female
(4)
14–16 Mixed: never (2)/
tried (2)/current (1)
Mixed: never (2)/
tried (2)/current (1)
6 Deprived Male 12–15 Never Never
7 Deprived Male 16 Current Current
8 Affluent Mixed: male (2)/female
(3)
14 Never Never
9 Deprived Male 16 Mixed: tried (1)/
current (2)
Current
10 Deprived Mixed: male (4)/female
(1)
14–15 Mixed: never (3)/tried
(1)/current (1)
Mixed: never (3)/tried (1)/
current (1)
11 Deprived Mixed: male (3)/female
(2)
13–16 Mixed: never (2)/tried
(2)/current (1)
Mixed: never (1)/current
(4)
12 Affluent Mixed: male (2)/female
(1)
15–16 Tried Mixed: tried (2)/current
(1)
13 Affluent Female 13–16 Never Never
14 Deprived Mixed: male (1)/female
(3)
11–12 Never Never
15 Deprived Mixed: male (3)/female
(1)
11–12 Never Never
16 Deprived Mixed: male (2)/female
(2)
11–12 Never Never
17 Deprived Female 14–16 Mixed: never (4)/
tried (1)
Mixed: never (1)/tried (1)/
current (3)
18 Deprived Male 13–16 Never Never
19 Deprived Female 14 Never Mixed: tried (2)/current
(1)
20 Affluent Female 15–16 Never Tried (3)
217

Page 218

4 Smith MJ, et al. BMJ Open 2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2022-068466
Open access
e- cigarettes being small colourful products, whereas the
rechargeable tank models were bulky.
I think they’ve been designed differently, so you can
tell which ones apart. Like, the electrical ones, the
ones that you charge, they're like bigger, and a bit,
like, bulkier. (Female, never smoker, never vaper)
Participant views diverged when shown illustrative
examples of different types of vaping products, particu-
larly disposable e- cigarettes. Several participants were
able to easily recognise disposable e- cigarettes but not
other types:
There is definitely like one that I recognise like the
small wee pink one with the black top. But I didn't
recognise the rest to be honest. (Female, never smok-
er, never vaper)
Several participants were not able to identify disposable
e- cigarettes when shown illustrative examples and often
thought they were other products, such as highlighters
or lighters.
That’s not a vape, it was a highlighter. (Male, never
smoker, never vaper)
When I first saw it, it looked like a lighter. (Male,
never smoker, never vaper)
Like a tin of mints or something. (Female, never
smoker, tried vaping)
Appeal of products
Participants described several positive attributes of
disposable e- cigarettes including the design, as they were
portable and discreet.
If you’re an underage child vaping you’re not go-
ing to want to have that big bulky thing ’cause you
might get caught with it. Something as small as the
thin thing, that could easily fit in your pocket and
not have anyone notice. But that thing [tank model],
you’d have it sticking out to see. (Male, never smoker,
never vaper)
This was also discussed by participants when referring
to using the products at school.
Yeah, they are much smaller so, they can hide them
when at school.” (Female, never smoker, current
vaper)
Appeal of flavours
Participants particularly liked the variety of flavours that
are available such as apple and pink lemonade. Several
participants discussed that the variety of flavours encour-
aged users to try other available flavours.
You get like different flavours in sweets and stuff, you
might like the taste of blueberry and because in the
vape you’ve got that same taste, that’s where it’d be
like, oh I really like blueberry, I’d want to see if it
is, and then that’s what also gets you addicted to it.
(Male, tried smoking, current vaper)
Interestingly, when participants discussed flavours,
they specifically referred to disposable e- cigarettes, with
several participants unaware that e- liquids were available
in a variety of flavourings.
Like the range of flavours, and how we were saying
about how the disposable vapes had, like, a lot of dif-
ferent flavours. But we weren’t aware of the flavours
that came with e- liquid ones. (Female, never smoker,
never vaper)
Participants associated the colour of disposable e- ciga-
rettes with flavourings, for example, one dual user stated,
‘certain flavours would have different designs. Strawberry would
have pink or red’ (Male, current smoker, current vaper).
While, one nonuser explained, ‘the likes of strawberry, that
would be red because strawberries are red. And they would do
different colours like that, ’cause of the flavours’ (Female, never
smoker, never vaper).
Perceived negative attributes
Disposable e- cigarettes are designed for single use and
the environmental impact of the waste was raised by
participants.
They [disposable e- cigarettes] are bad for the en-
vironment because people just throw them away.
(Female, never smoker, current vaper)
Participants also spoke about the products being non-
recyclable and that this affects the environment. One
participant stated, ‘I don't think they're recyclable, either, so it’s
like a lot more waste’ (Female, never smoker, never vaper),
another participant added, ‘they [disposable e- cigarettes] take
longer to break down, definitely’ (Male, never smoker, never
vaper).
Table 2 E- Cigarette use according to cigarette smoking
Cigarette smoker
E- cigarette use
Never Tried Current Total
n (col %) (row %) n (col %) (row %) n (col %) (row %) n (col %) (row %)
Never 49 98.0 79.0 9 64.3 14.5 4 22.2 6.5 62 75.6 100.0
Tried 1 2.0 10.0 4 28.6 40.0 5 27.8 50.0 10 12.2 100.0
Current 0 0.0 0.0 1 7.1 10.0 9 50.0 90.0 10 12.2 100.0
Total 50 100.0 89.0 14 100.0 14.6 18 100.0 22.0 82 100.0 100.0
218

Page 219

5Smith MJ, et al. BMJ Open 2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2022-068466
Open access
One e- cigarette user explained that the environmental
impact of using a disposable e- cigarette does not affect his
choice to use them.
I like to use the ones which are disposable and not
ones which are refillable. It is a collective effort to
save the environment, but I don't want to put extra
money to save the environment. (Male, tried smok-
ing, current vaper)
Perceived target audience
The design of the products was further referred to by
participants when discussing the target audience of the
different types of vaping products. Participant views of
users were dependent on the subtype of products used.
For example, the larger tank models were perceived to be
targeted at and used by users older in age, while dispos-
able e- cigarettes were described as ‘cool’, ‘trendy’ and a
‘fashion accessory’ and were perceived to be targeted at
and used by youths.
The disposables are used by like all younger people
like aged 15 and 16. But adults, they’ve got the bigger
ones like the rechargeable ones. (Female, tried smok-
ing, tried vaping)
The disposable ones have got different colours,
they're brighter, that’s probably more aimed at
younger people. Whereas, you know, like the big
chunky ones are probably more aimed for people
who have actually come off smoking. (Female, never
smoker, tried vaping)
Perceptions of harm
Many youths perceived disposable e- cigarettes as less
harmful than combustible cigarettes.
They’re not as bad as actual cigarettes for you. So,
it can cut down the amount of cigarettes that you
smoke. (Female, current smoker, current vaper)
Although disposable e- cigarettes were perceived as
less harmful compared with tobacco cigarettes, non- user
youths who mentioned composition and the ingredients
of disposable e- cigarettes, were concerned about the
uncertainty of product ingredients and how they could
affect their health.
There’s like about 40 or 50 chemicals that go into va-
pes that nobody in this room could name, all cheaply
produced. So, see when you’re inhaling it deep into
your lungs it’s obviously not going to be the best for
you. (Male, never smoker, never vaper)
I saw a thing on TikTok, Elfbars and Geek bars have
got 50 unknown chemicals in them. (Male, never
smoker, never vaper)
Just see like the actual vapes instead of the dispos-
ables, they’ve all been tested. I don’t think the dispos-
ables have been tested. (Male, never smoker, never
vaper)
Several participants from different focus groups
reported seeing people attempting to reuse the dispos-
able e- cigarettes once they have been discarded.
A lot of people will go and find them. It’s weird. It’s
like people chuck them and other people go and
find them and use them. (Male, never smoker, never
vaper)
Purchasing behaviours
Several participants commented on the low cost of dispos-
able e- cigarettes.
Like metal ones, I don't even know, I'm guessing
around like 70 or £80, but then the disposable ones
are like 6 to 12 or something like that. (Female, never
smoker, never vaper)
With some participants commenting favourably on the
relatively low cost of disposable e- cigarettes, suggesting
that price could be a factor in why youths experiment
with the products.
They're cheap and cheerful. (Female, never smoker,
current vaper)
That’s probably an attraction for young people be-
cause they're more affordable. (Female, never smok-
er, tried vaping)
Participants also described the ease of purchasing
disposable e- cigarette products, particularly in corner
shops.
Like, I'm 16 and I buy Red Bull in there [corner
shop] but I’ve got such a baby face. Like, I could walk
into the shop and go, you’re not 16. But if I was to buy
a vape they would give me it, loads of folk underage
buy them [disposable e- cigarettes] there. (Female,
tried smoking, tried vaping)
Several participants discussed the ease of being able to
purchase the products online as well.
Some places, some websites online, you don't need
to put your age or anything. I’ve seen a thing on
TikTok. Like, they put them [disposable e- cigarettes]
in the wee boxes and all that, or you could put them
in secret packaging like behind the lashes. Like you
can order it off their website and they’ll hide it in the
packaging, they put a few bits of sweeties on top of
your vapes so your mum doesn’t see it. (Female, tried
smoking, current vaper)
DISCUSSION
E- cigarettes have become increasingly popular and visible
in public life and perceptions about e- cigarette users were
tied to product characteristics, with tank models being
associated with adults and disposable e- cigarettes associ-
ated with youths. The design of disposable e- cigarettes
was a recurrent topic. Youth discussed the positives of the
219

Page 220

6 Smith MJ, et al. BMJ Open 2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2022-068466
Open access
compact design of the product as this allowed them to be
discretely carried and hidden when in school. We found
that youths commonly mistake the products for other
everyday products, such as highlighters and tins of mints.
This combined with the compact design of the products
raises concerns about the way manufactures design the
products and if this has been done intentionally to target
a younger audience.
E- cigarette users believed that disposable e- cigarettes
are less harmful than combustible cigarettes, while non-
users reported concerns about the unknown chemical
composition of disposable e- cigarettes. It is possible that
if e- cigarette users perceive cigarettes as more harmful to
their health they will be less likely to take up smoking and
this may explain the potential displacement of cigarettes
as reported in Williams et al.2 This suggests it is important
to track such changes in the population through longitu-
dinal studies to detect and monitor youths perceptions,
behaviours and assessment of risk in relation to e- ciga-
rettes versus cigarettes. While e- cigarettes are considered
less harmful than combustible cigarettes,21 22 balanced
policies are needed that motivate cigarette smokers to
switch to e- cigarettes, yet prevent non- smokers or non-
nicotine users from initiating, particularly youths.
The increased popularity of disposable e- cigarettes
(such as PuffBar and ElfBar) has resulted in the genera-
tion of more single- use plastic waste. Both users and non-
users were aware of the negative environmental impact of
using disposable e- cigarettes. E- cigarettes remain subject
to political and public health debates for various reasons,
including the lack of evidence on their long- term health
impact, and now there is a new topic in the scientific
debate; disposable e- cigarettes are a rising environmental
threat.23 24 Thus, regulation should not only focus on the
health effects of e- cigarette products, but may wish to
consider their environmental impact.
Consistent with previous research,25–29 our study found
that participants particularly like the variety of disposable
e- cigarette flavours and the variety of available flavours is
one of the top reasons for experimentation with e- ciga-
rettes among youths. Interestingly, in our study, partici-
pants discussed flavours predominately in relation to
disposable e- cigarettes, often associating the colour of the
product with its flavour. It was perceived from the youths
in this study that disposable e- cigarettes are targeted to
younger audiences. While rechargeable e- cigarettes (tank
models) were perceived by our participants, as prod-
ucts for adults. Several studies30–33 have recommended
banning the sale of all flavoured e- cigarette products
to help protect children and youth from the harms of
vaping. However, some researchers argue that removing
flavours will promote more combustible tobacco use and
remove a product that facilitates smoking cessation34 35
as research has shown that flavourings may help reduce
the amount of cigarettes used by adult smokers in the
short term.8 In late 2022, China prohibited the domestic
marketing and sales (including online) of flavoured
disposable e- cigarettes, meaning e- cigarettes that have
flavourings other than tobacco cannot be sold on the
domestic market.36 37 In addition, they have introduced
regulations that all e- cigarette packaging must include
warning labels stating that they are harmful to health
and must not be used by school children.36 37 Notably,
flavoured disposable e- cigarettes can still be manufac-
tured in China and shipped around the world, including
to the UK. The Chinese government have stated that the
devices must conform to the regulations of the importing
country.36 37
More research is needed to determine the most effec-
tive means to counter the favourable/positive aspects of
e- cigarettes to reduce youths’ interest in product trial and
use. In addition, more evidence is needed to determine
what has contributed to the popularity of disposable e- cig-
arettes among youths, including, but not limited to, the
role of marketing. These findings could inform future
policies on e- cigarette prevention.
As with all research, our study has some limitations.
First, and consistent with the qualitative design, the
sample does not aim to be representative of UK youth,
as our study focused on Scottish youths. However, we did
have a diverse sample of both sexes. Second, the study’s
geographical remit has to be considered when inter-
preting the findings. The UK is considered an interna-
tional leader in tobacco control policy. It is possible that
participants' views may have been influenced by the UK’s
unique favourable policy approach to e- cigarettes and
legal and sociocultural context, including low smoking
prevalence. Third, the data were collected in different
formats (online and face- to- face), and it is possible that
this may have influenced participants’ responses. Two of
the online groups were conducted in a classroom with a
teacher present, and during seven face- to- face groups,
a teacher/youth worker was present in the room. It is
possible that the presence of a teacher/youth worker
may have influenced youth’s willingness to answer ques-
tions and their responses. Finally, two of the groups
were recruited through personal networks and this may
have impacted on the youth’s responses. Despite these
limitations, our study results have implications for public
health and policy. Results from our study highlighted that
youths positively describe the relatively low cost of dispos-
able e- cigarettes, suggesting that price could be a factor
in why youths experiment with disposable e- cigarettes.
Raising prices on combustible cigarettes and alcohol
has consistently shown to be inversely related to use,38 39
particularly among younger populations.40 41 Therefore,
policymakers could consider implementing measures to
deter youth experimentation with disposable e- cigarettes,
while not making the products inaccessible to vulnerable
groups who may use them as a smoking cessation option.
Our study suggests the growing need for policymakers to
work together to develop and implement comprehensive
policies to prevent initiation among youths and evaluate
the safe recycling and disposal of disposable e- cigarettes.
Our study suggests the growing need for policymakers to
work together to develop and implement comprehensive
220

Page 221

7Smith MJ, et al. BMJ Open 2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2022-068466
Open access
policies to prevent initiation among youths, such as
through youth awareness programmes designed to
prevent the start of e- cigarette use among youths which
could include information on the effects of vaping the
body, how to identify false marketing and how to resist
peer pressure.42 In addition, our research suggests policies
are required to evaluate the safe recycling and disposal of
disposable e- cigarettes (such as requiring manufacturers
and retailers to instal collection points inside shops).
CONCLUSION
We found that youths differentiated between disposable
e- cigarettes and larger tank models, for which they had
varying perceptions of product users. Our study highlights
the need for additional research on e- cigarette subtypes to
understand product perceptions more fully; and should
be considered in future prevention and regulatory efforts.
In addition, while many positive attributes of disposable
e- cigarettes were reported, key negative attributes that
may discourage use, such as unknown chemical compo-
sition and environmental impact, were also described.
The findings from our study suggest the growing need for
policymakers to work together to develop and implement
policies to prevent uptake among youths.
Twitter Marissa J Smith @Marissa_Smith8
Contributors MJS: guarantor, conceptualisation, data curation, investigation,
methodology, validation, visualisation, writing—original draft preparation. AMM:
conceptualisation, methodology, Writing—review and editing. AF: conceptualisation,
methodology, writing—review and editing. SH: conceptualisation, methodology,
validation, writing—review and editing.
Funding MJS, AF and AMM acknowledge funding from Cancer Research UK
grant PPRCTAGPJT\100003. SH is funded by the Medical Research Council grant
MC_UU_00022/1, the Chief Scientist Office of the Scottish Government Health
Directorates grant SPHSU17, and Cancer Research UK grant PPRCTAGPJT\100003.
Competing interests None declared.
Patient and public involvement Patients and/or the public were not involved in
the design, or conduct, or reporting or dissemination plans of this research.
Patient consent for publication Consent obtained directly from patient(s).
Ethics approval Ethical approval for the study was obtained from the University
of Glasgow’s Medical and Veterinary Life Sciences Ethics Committee (reference
200210034). Participants gave informed consent to participate in the study before
taking part.
Provenance and peer review Not commissioned; externally peer reviewed.
Data availability statement All data relevant to the study are included in the
article or uploaded as supplementary information.
Open access This is an open access article distributed in accordance with the
Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 Unported (CC BY 4.0) license, which permits
others to copy, redistribute, remix, transform and build upon this work for any
purpose, provided the original work is properly cited, a link to the licence is given,
and indication of whether changes were made. See: https://creativecommons.org/
licenses/by/4.0/.
ORCID iDs
Marissa J Smith http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5017-6085
Shona Hilton http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0633-8152
REFERENCES
1 Action on Smoking and Health. Use of e- cigarettes (vapes) among
young people in Great Britain. Action on Smoking and Health, 2022.
2 Williams P, Cheeseman H, Arnott D, et al. Use of tobacco and e-
cigarettes among youth in Great Britain in 2022: analysis of a cross
sectional survey. Public and Global Health [Preprint] 2022. 
3 Cahn Z, Siegel M. Electronic cigarettes as a harm reduction strategy
for tobacco control: a step forward or a repeat of past mistakes? J
Public Health Policy 2011;32:16–31. 
4 Britton J, McNeill A. Nicotine regulation and tobacco harm reduction
in the UK. Lancet 2013;381:1879–80. 
5 Cox S, Dawkins L. Global and local perspectives on tobacco harm
reduction: what are the issues and where do we go from here? Harm
Reduct J 2018;15:32. 
6 Chapman S. E- Cigarettes: does the new emperor of tobacco harm
reduction have any clothes? Eur J Public Health 2014;24:535–6. 
7 Hartmann- Boyce J, McRobbie H, Lindson N, et al. Electronic
cigarettes for smoking cessation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev
2021;4:CD010216. 
8 Hajek P, Phillips- Waller A, Przulj D, et al. A randomized trial of
e- cigarettes versus nicotine- replacement therapy. N Engl J Med
2019;380:629–37. 
9 Lee SH, Ahn SH, Cheong YS. Effect of electronic cigarettes
on smoking reduction and cessation in Korean male smokers:
a randomized controlled study. J Am Board Fam Med
2019;32:567–74. 
10 Walker N, Parag V, Verbiest M, et al. Nicotine patches used in
combination with e- cigarettes (with and without nicotine) for smoking
cessation: a pragmatic, randomised trial. Lancet Respir Med
2020;8:54–64. 
11 Weishaar HB, Ikegwuonu T, Smith KE, et al. E- cigarettes: a
disruptive technology? An analysis of health actors’ positions on
E- cigarette regulation in scotland. Int J Environ Res Public Health
2019;16:3103–22. 
12 Williams M, Talbot P. Design features in multiple generations of
electronic cigarette atomizers. Int J Environ Res Public Health
2019;16:2904–19. 
13 Grana R, Benowitz N, Glantz SA. E- Cigarettes: a scientific review.
Circulation 2014;129:1972–86. 
14 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. STATE system
E- cigarette fact sheet. 2020. Available: https://www.cdc.gov/
statesystem/factsheets/ecigarette/ECigarette.html
15 National Academies of Sciences Engineering and Medicine. Public
health consequences of E- cigarettes. Report no.: 978- 0- 309-
46834- 3. Washington, D.C., USA: The National Academies Press,
2018.
16 Li Y, Fairman RT, Churchill V, et al. Users’ modifications to electronic
nicotine delivery systems (ENDS): interviews with ENDS enthusiasts.
Int J Environ Res Public Health 2020;17:918. 
17 Massey ZB, Fairman RT, Churchill V, et al. “It’s cool, modifying and
all, but I don’t want anything blowing up on me:” A focus group study
of motivations to modify electronic nicotine delivery systems (ENDS).
Int J Environ Res Public Health 2021;18:11735. 
18 Wang TW, Gentzke AS, Neff LJ, et al. Disposable E- cigarette use
among U.S. youth - an emerging public health challenge. N Engl J
Med 2021;384:1573–6. 
19 Tattan- Birch H, Jackson SE, Kock L, et al. Rapid growth in
disposable e- cigarette vaping among young adults in Great Britain
from 2021 to 2022: a repeat cross- sectional survey. Addiction
2023;118:382–6. 
20 Cooper H, Camic PM, Long DL. Research designs: quantitative,
qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological. In: APA handbook
of research methods in psychology Washington: American
Psychological Association, 2012: Vol 2. 57–71. 
21 Siddiqui F, Mishu M, Marshall A- M, et al. E- Cigarette use and
subsequent smoking in adolescents and young adults: a perspective.
Expert Rev Respir Med 2019;13:403–5. 
22 St Helen G, Eaton DL. Public health consequences of E- cigarette
use. JAMA Intern Med 2018;178:984–6. 
23 Pourchez J, Mercier C, Forest V. From smoking to vaping: a new
environmental threat? Lancet Respir Med 2022;10:e63–4. 
24 Delnevo C, Giovenco DP, Hrywna M. Rapid proliferation of illegal
pod- mod disposable e- cigarettes. Tob Control 2020;29:e150–1. 
25 Kong G, Morean ME, Cavallo DA, et al. Reasons for electronic
cigarette experimentation and discontinuation among adolescents
and young adults. Nicotine Tob Res 2015;17:847–54. 
26 McDonald EA, Ling PM. One of several “ toys ” for smoking: young
adult experiences with electronic cigarettes in New York City. Tob
Control 2015;24:588–93. 
27 Audrain- McGovern J, Strasser AA, Wileyto EP. The impact of
flavoring on the rewarding and reinforcing value of e- cigarettes
with nicotine among young adult smokers. Drug Alcohol Depend
2016;166:263–7.
221

Page 222

8 Smith MJ, et al. BMJ Open 2023;13:e068466. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2022-068466
Open access 
28 Czoli CD, Goniewicz M, Islam T, et al. Consumer preferences for
electronic cigarettes: results from a discrete choice experiment. Tob
Control 2016;25:e30–6. 
29 Zare S, Nemati M, Zheng Y. A systematic review of consumer
preference for e- cigarette attributes: flavor, nicotine strength, and
type. PLoS One 2018;13:e0194145. 
30 Chadi N, Vyver E, Bélanger RE. Protecting children and adolescents
against the risks of vaping. Paediatr Child Health 2021;26:358–74. 
31 Kingsley M, Setodji CM, Pane JD, et al. Short- term impact of a
flavored tobacco restriction: changes in youth tobacco use in a
massachusetts community. Am J Prev Med 2019;57:741–8. 
32 Walley SC, Jenssen BP, Section on Tobacco Control. Electronic
nicotine delivery systems. Pediatrics 2015;136:1018–26. 
33 Campaign for Tobacco- Free Kids. The flavor trap: how tobacco
companies are luring kids with candy- flavored E- cigarettes and
cigars. American Academy of Pediatrics, 2017.
34 Polosa R, Caponnetto P, Maglia M, et al. Success rates with nicotine
personal vaporizers: a prospective 6- month pilot study of smokers
not intending to quit. BMC Public Health 2014;14:1159. 
35 Adriaens K, Van Gucht D, Declerck P, et al. Effectiveness of the
electronic cigarette: an eight- week Flemish study with six- month
follow- up on smoking reduction, craving and experienced benefits
and complaints. Int J Environ Res Public Health 2014;11:11220–48. 
36 Das S, Ungoed- Thomas J, Y L. China bans fruity vapes – but not
their export to the UK. The Observer, 2022.
37 Coy K. The Beijinger. 2022. Available: https://www.thebeijinger.com/
blog/2022/09/27/delayed-ban-sale-non-tobacco-flavored-vapes-set-
go-ahead-oct-1
38 Wagenaar AC, Salois MJ, Komro KA. Effects of beverage alcohol
price and tax levels on drinking: a meta- analysis of 1003 estimates
from 112 studies. Addiction 2009;104:179–90. 
39 van Hasselt M, Kruger J, Han B, et al. The relation between tobacco
taxes and youth and young adult smoking: what happened following
the 2009 U.S. federal tax increase on cigarettes? Addict Behav
2015;45:104–9. 
40 Chaloupka FJ, Wechsler H. BINGE drinking in college: the impact
of price, availability, and alcohol control policies. Contemporary
Economic Policy 1996;14:112–24. 10.1111/j.1465-7287.1996.
tb00638.x Available: http://blackwell-synergy.com/doi/abs/10.1111/
coep.1996.14.issue-4
41 Slater SJ, Chaloupka FJ, Wakefield M, et al. The impact of retail
cigarette marketing practices on youth smoking uptake. Arch Pediatr
Adolesc Med 2007;161:440–5. 
42 Kelder SH, Mantey DS, Van Dusen D, et al. Dissemination of catch
my breath, a middle school e- cigarette prevention program. Addict
Behav 2021;113:106698.
222

Page 223

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Education Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 5 March 2024
Report by: Executive Director (Education Resources)  
Subject: Celebrating Success 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
[purpose]
 advise on the range of high-quality work which takes place in schools,
educational establishments and services and to recognise the achievements
and awards attained by schools, services, children, young people and staff 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) the range of awards and the achievements of children, young people and staff
across schools, establishments, and services as highlighted in this report be
noted. 
3. Background
3.1. The wider achievements of children and young people, as well as the good work
undertaken by teachers and staff, is something that the Council, through Education
Resources, believes should be recognised and celebrated. 
3.2. It is important to acknowledge the role education has in making a difference to the
lives of young people through inspiring learners, transforming learning and the
continuous drive to build on and strengthen our partnerships.  The commitment and
dedication of staff across the Council to provide the best experiences and outcomes
possible for all learners in our nurseries, schools and services is the main purpose of
this report as well as recognising some significant achievements. 
3.3. Celebrating and recognising success is a cornerstone in helping to show the positive
difference education makes to the lives of many children, young people, and
families.  Creative and inspirational learning and teaching takes place across our
establishments and services every day and, in this report, we take the opportunity to
highlight a few examples of this excellent work. 
4. Celebrating and Recognising Success
4.1. There are numerous examples of the achievements of children and young people
being celebrated by nurseries, schools and services through social media on a daily
basis. This helps parents, carers, families and the wider community to see what
children and young people are achieving through their learning. Some highlights are
shown below:- 
12
223

Page 224

4.2. Gold Sportscotland Award winners
 Burnside Primary School
 Lamington Primary School 
4.3. The Scottish Book Trust’s Reading Schools Initiative
 David Livingstone Memorial Primary School - Gold award
 Lamington Primary - Gold award
 Trinity High School - Gold award
 Spittal Primary – Gold award
 Wiston Primary - Gold award
 Greenhills Primary- Silver award
 Coulter Primary – Silver award 
4.4. Holocaust Memorial Event 
On Tuesday 20 January 2024, Strathaven Academy hosted the annual Holocaust
Memorial event.  Pupils from nine secondary schools across South Lanarkshire as
well as the Strathaven Learning Community primary schools’ choir helped to
showcase, so very movingly, how their voices and messages, matter and can help to
influence change. 
4.5. Scottish Anti-Bullying Award
Hamilton Grammar are the first school in South Lanarkshire to achieve the
Respectme anti-bullying award. 
4.6. Trauma Sensitive Pledge Award - ‘Act to Make a Difference’
Congratulations go to the following establishments who are the first to achieve their
Attachment-Informed, Trauma Sensitive pledge award  ‘Act to make a difference’
 David Livingstone Memorial Primary School
 Glenlee Primary School
 Greenburn School
 Hamilton Grammar School
 Hamilton School for the Deaf
 Neilsland Primary School
 Tinto Primary School
 Townhill Primary School
 Underbank Primary School 
4.7. A range of other achievements and awards by children, young people and schools, is
also shown below:- 
 Woodlands Nursery Centre received a Success Looks Different Awards in
recognition of how they celebrate their pupils with additional support needs.
 St Bride’s Primary (Cambuslang) are the first school in Scotland to win a gold
Missio award.
 St Columbkille's Primary have been awarded £96,000 to fulfil their project on
expressive arts from the Clore Duffield Foundation.
 Biggar Primary School and the ELC received a Digital Schools Award.
 Craigbank Primary School achieved a £5000 grant from the Digital Xtra Fund to
promote STEM activities
 Glenlee Primary School received a Digital Wellbeing Award
 Coulter Primary School, Underbank Primary School and Newfield Primary
School were successful in renewing their Green Flag Awards for an impressive
sixth, seventh and tenth time respectively.
224

Page 225

 Duncanrig Secondary School received a Scottish Credit Qualifications
Framework (SCQF) Bronze Award. This success was achieved by the 14
SCQF Pupil Ambassadors, who are now inspired to go on and achieve silver
status.
 Hamilton Grammar ASN Department were the winners in the secondary
category for the South Lanarkshire short film competition “The Biodiversity of
Your Local Area”.
 The Lanark Grammar BSL Pupil Leadership Team were highly commended for
their work to promote and support sign language through ‘See Hear Network
News’. 
4.8. South Lanarkshire’s Instrumental Music Service (IMS)
The Instrumental Music Service continues to deliver its flagship Youth Music Project
for every P5 pupil in South Lanarkshire. The IMS staged numerous showcase events
with every child receiving an instrumental music lesson and those in the YMI project
showcasing their talents in online events. 
4.9. Youth Family and Community Learning Awards 2023/2024 
The Youth Family and Community Learning awards ceremony will take place on 24
March 2024 where young people will receive recognition for their achievements in:- 
 The Duke of Edinburgh Awards
 John Muir Award
 ASDAN
 Discovery
 Achievement awards 
4.10. Education Resources produces a digital bulletin known as ‘SWAY’ which contains
articles and updates on education news as well a range of achievements and
success stories on a fortnightly basis.  This will be circulated to all councillors as a
way of sharing information more regularly on education news and updates.
5. Employee Implications
5.1. There are no employee implications attached to this report. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. There are no financial implications attached to this report. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. There are no significant implications for climate change, sustainability and the
environment arising from the recommendations in this report. 
8. Other Implications
8.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained in this report. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact
assessment is required. 
9.2. This report provides an update on celebrating success which can be widely shared. 
Carole McKenzie
Executive Director (Education Resources) 
225

Page 226

14 February 2024 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Education and learning: inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening
partnerships 
Previous References
 Education Resources Committee – 14 February 2023 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact: - Des Dickson, Education Resources, Operations Manager
Ext:4495  (Tel: 01698 454495)
E-mail:  des.dickson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
226